file which includes the original illustrations4 ,see #degge-;h4htm or #degge-;h4zip3 7https3_/_/www4gutenberg4org_/cache_/epu b_/#degge_/pg#degge-;images4html7 or 7https3_/_/www4gutenberg4org_/files_/#de gge_/degge-;h4zip7 ,images of the original pages are available through ,internet ,archive4 ,see https3_/_/archive4org_/details_/toy-maki nginscho#jjpolkuoft ,transcriber's note3 ,text enclosed by underscores is in italics 7italics74 ,text enclosed by equal signs is in bold face 7bold74 ,a carat character is used to denote superscription4 ,a single character following the carat is superscripted 7example3 ,c#e74 ,,toy-,,making ,,in ,,school ,,and ,,home ,illustration3 ,,plate ,i ,a ,,scene ,,in ,,toyland ,fr4 ,,toy-,,making ,,in ,,school ,,and ,,home by ,r4 ,k4 ,m4 ,i4 ,r4 ,,polkinghorne ,the ,county ,secondary ,school ,streatham ,london ,george ,g4 ,harrap ,company #b #c ,portsmouth ,street ,kingsway ,w4,c4 #aiaf ,the ,riverside ,press ,limited1 ,edinburgh ,great ,britain ,prefatory ,note ,the authors wish to express their thanks to ,mr ,j4 ,e4 ,mansion for many valuable criticisms and suggestions1 and to ,miss ,bassett1 whose encouragement and support alone made the work possible4 ,contents ,,page ,,introduction4 ,by ,miss ,r4 ,,bassett1 ,b4,a41 ,headmistress of the ,county ,secondary ,school1 ,streatham #i ,,part ,i ,,toys ,,for ,,little ,,ones3 ,,paper ,,and ,,cardboard ,,chapter ,i4 ,,toy-,,making ,,and ,,its ,,educational ,,possibilities #ba ,,ii4 ,,general ,,principles2 ,,materials #bf ,,iii4 ,,paper ,,work ,,for ,,infants #ca ,,iv4 ,,more ,,paper ,,toys #dc ,v4 ,,match-,,box ,,toys #ec ,,vi4 ,,more ,,complicated ,,match-,,box ,,and ,,cork ,,toys #fd ,,vii4 ,,cork ,,animals ,,harnessed ,,to ,,sledges1 ,,etc4 #gb ,,viii4 ,,more ,,cork ,,toys #hj ,,ix4 ,,cardboard ,,and ,,paper ,,ships #hf ,x4 ,,cardboard ,,and ,,paper ,,toys #ia ,,xi4 ,,simple ,,woodwork #ih ,,xii4 ,,materials #ajb ,,xiii4 ,,some ,,difficulties ,,in ,,toy-,,making #aje ,,xiv4 ,,merry-,,go-,,round1 ,,swinging ,,boats1 ,,and ,,great ,,wheel #aji ,,xv4 ,,flying ,,airships1 ,,gondolas1 ,,and ,,birds #aac ,,xvi4 ,,fire-,,engine1 ,,motor-,,lorry1 ,,and ,,steam-,,roller #aai ,,xvii4 ,,gipsy ,,caravan ,,and ,,bathing ,,machine #abc ,,xviii4 ,a ,,train ,,and ,,railway ,,station #abe ,,xix4 ,,red ,,cross ,,motor ,,and ,,taxi-,,cab #aca ,,xx4 ,,swinging ,,and ,,jointed ,,animals #acf ,,part ,,ii ,,toys ,,of ,,cardboard ,,and ,,wood3 ,,mechanical ,,toys ,,chapter ,,page ,i4 ,,additional ,,tools #ade ,,ii4 ,,capstan1 ,,dreadnought1 ,,liner #adh ,,iii4 ,,motor-,,car1 ,,swinging ,,cradle1 ,,deck-,,chair #aeb ,,iv4 ,a ,,tram-,,car #aee ,v4 ,a ,,crane #aei ,,vi4 ,,windmill1 ,,water-,,wheel1 ,,well #afa ,,vii4 ,,drawbridge ,,and ,,siege ,,tower #afh ,,viii4 ,,war ,,engines ,,past ,,and ,,present #aga ,,ix4 ,a ,,fire-,,escape #aha ,x4 ,,castle1 ,,tournament1 ,,and ,,fair #ahd ,,xi4 ,,an ,,old ,,chariot ,,and ,,some ,,quaint ,,dolls' ,,furniture #aij ,,xii4 ,,railway ,,signal ,,and ,,signal-,,box #aie ,,xiii4 ,,lighthouse1 ,,transporter ,,bridge #aii ,,xiv4 ,,yachts ,,and ,,boats3 ,,the ,,use ,,of ,,the ,,chisel #bjc ,,xv4 ,,the ,,fret-,,saw #bji ,,xvi4 ,,little ,,gymnast1 ,,dancing ,,clown1 ,,rocking ,,animals #bab ,,xvii4 ,,moving ,,figures #bah ,,xviii4 ,,some ,,old-,,fashioned ,,toys #bba ,,xix4 ,,little ,,swordsmen #bbe ,,xx4 ,,some ,,more ,,fret-,,saw ,,toys #bbi ,,xxi4 ,,toys ,,worked ,,by ,,sand #bce ,,xxii4 ,,toys ,,worked ,,by ,,wheels1 ,,etc4 #bdc ,,xxiii4 ,,kites1 ,,gliders1 ,,and ,,aeroplanes #bdi ,,xxiv4 ,,more ,,old-,,fashioned ,,toys #bfj ,,xxv4 ,,lift1 ,,pont ,,roulant1 ,,tower ,,bridge #bfg ,,xxvi4 ,,soldering4 ,,screw ,,steamer4 ,,toys ,,worked ,,by ,,wind ,,and ,,by ,,convection ,,currents #bgh ,,xxvii4 ,,buildings ,,at ,,home ,,and ,,abroad #bhf ,,xxviii4 ,a ,,theatre #bie ,introduction ,by ,r4 ,bassett1 ,b4,a4 ,,headmistress1 ,,county ,,secondary ,,school1 ,,streatham ,i4 ,,external ,,evidence ,women are often limited in their amusements and in their hobbies for lack of power or of knowledge to use the requisite implements4 ,we may wield the needle1 the brush1 kitchen utensils1 even the spade and the trowel1 but what knowledge have we of the chisel1 the plane1 the saw1 or even the friendly gimlet and the screw-driver8 ,the scissors answer many purposes until the points are broken1 but how helpless we are with a screw or a saw1 how futile are our attempts to adjust a loose door-handle1 or to set the knives of a mowing machine6 ,it is humiliating to call for help in such simple jobs1 and tantalising not to be able to enjoy the carpenter's bench as our men-folk do in their hours of leisure4 ,a really active hobby1 one entailing exercise of many muscles1 otherwise resting1 does help to keep a well-balanced mind and a healthy body4 ,it saves one from fretfulness1 from too great introspection2 it keeps one cheerful and changes one's attitude of mind when change is needed4 ,it is possible that the management of big things falls into men's hands because from babyhood they have dealt with larger things than women1 and through handling manageable things from an early age have developed the constructive faculty more thoroughly4 ,the little girl deals with 'wee' things3 stitches are small1 dolls are small2 there is a fatal tendency sometimes to 'niggle1' to 'finick'--not that men-folk are immune from this--to love uniformity and tidiness for their own sakes1 to seek regularity rather than utility4 ,the little girl1 however1 must1 unless she is too thoroughly supervised1 exercise some ingenuity in planning a doll's dress out of a cutting from the rag-bag2 but her amusements and hobbies tend to pin her down to small things1 and she does not rise far enough from her immediate surroundings4 ,the dress of her little doll will follow the prevailing fashion4 ,originality in dress is eccentricity4 ,the girl takes pains to carry out her work 7neatness is often the sole aim put before her71 the boy finds methods4 ,the girl hovers round the well-known place1 the boy makes a bee-line to fresh fields4 ,see how this affects reading3 the girl still hankers after ,what ,katy ,did1 ,what ,katy ,did ,next1 while the boy of her age is reading ,jules ,verne or ,ballantyne or ,henty1 or if there is open access to shelves in the ,free ,library near him1 you see him finding books on ,airships1 ,submarines1 ,carpentry1 or ,engineering4 ,we started our voluntary classes with these ideas in mind1 and at first allowed girls to choose an indoor occupation in the two winter terms instead of outdoor games4 ,many girls preferred games1 but others chose ,art or ,first ,aid or ,cookery or ,handwork or ,needlework4 ,they had to work at least a term at the chosen occupation4 ,we felt that the girls gained great benefit from the hobbies1 not only in the additional happiness of working at what they enjoyed1 but in an increase of freshness of mind for other work4 ,this year we have gone still farther and have given each girl one period of voluntary work in addition to a whole afternoon for games or gardening2 moreover1 the four lowest forms have each one period of class work in toy-making2 yet even now the children say that the time is too short4 ,it is really amusing to see a change of classes in the woodwork-room2 the first class dare not and cannot stay a minute after the bell has rung1 for the second class is in and already at work4 ,i have tried to find out what is the great attraction to the child in the handwork lessons2 the children's appreciation of the subject will be found in ,section ,,ii4 ,probably the strongest attractions are3 firstly1 they see the building up of a piece of work and the result pleases them 7at all events1 until they do something better72 secondly1 they are actively employed1 learning by doing1 not learning by listening2 and1 lastly1 they love the cheerful noise of the hammer and the saw and friendly conversation4 ,it is hard to estimate the value of handwork in education1 for one cannot separate the influence of one subject in the curriculum1 but one is tempted to say that it has a beneficial effect upon the child's attitude toward work in general2 she looks into the why and wherefore of an object in order to see how it is made2 unconsciously she adopts the same attitude toward things abstract4 ,she learns to appreciate accuracy and to detect error1 but how far she applies this to subjects other than handwork it is hard to say4 ,it is possible1 also1 that handwork helps to develop the sense of justice4 ,certainly the girl who has had a course in handwork does take a more intelligent interest in things around her1 and does find out a way of 'setting about' a piece of work by herself4 ,she has something pleasant and profitable to think about2 she becomes more businesslike2 in the lesson itself she resents interruption 7this was the case when the photographer came for illustrations for this book72 more strangely still1 she plays no tricks with glue-pot or tools1 although she has innumerable opportunities for mischief4 ,the joy over the finished article is greater than the spirit of mischief4 ,she realises how short the time is when there is work to be done1 and looks out for devices for saving time1 putting tools in handy places1 saving pieces of wood of useful sizes to avoid sawing1 and so on4 ,there is a spirit of earnest endeavour abroad in the handwork class which prevents a girl from throwing aside in a pet something she has done badly2 she does not give up in disgust2 she finds out the cause of the failure and tries again and again until she gets better results4 ,it is no unusual thing to find a girl return to a job that1 five or six weeks before1 she had thought finished1 and do it again1 because her progress with other articles has made her dissatisfied with her previous standard4 ,this comes1 not from suggestion from outside1 but from the development of the child's own judgement4 ,these are the things which show what is the real value of this training4 ,,ii4 ,,internal ,,evidence ,in order to find from internal evidence the educational value of toy-making1 the following questions were put to the two lowest classes 7ages ten to eleven74 ,the girls were told to write frankly what they really thought1 not what they thought might satisfy the mistress4 ,to the question1 ,if you like handwork1 say why2 if not1 say why you do not1 out of forty-five papers one answer only was against handwork--,because ,i do not like sawing4 ,the answers in favour were of this type3 ,because we can make what we like4 ,because ,i like sawing and hammering4 ,because it is nice to see the things when they are finished4 ,because you can make interesting things4 ,because it is interesting making things out of wood like boys4 ,because ,i make useful things4 ,the favourite tools were the hammer and saw4 ,there was considerable difference of opinion on the question1 ,has it done you any good8 ,a fair number think it has made them careful or patient or more useful2 others seem to think that the exercise in sawing has some good effect on the arms2 one says her fingers are better for music4 ,others see in handwork a pleasant occupation for future grown-up days2 another thinks it has made her not so flabby and fat4 ,if they admit that it has cured them of any faults 7and they are not very ready to do this71 the chief are laziness1 clumsiness1 and carelessness4 ,to the last question1 ,will it be of any use to you when you are grown up8 the majority look forward to the joy of mending their little girls' toys4 7,not one mentions a little boy2 is he expected to mend his own87 ,others will make things instead of buying them ready-made4 ,some look forward to mending broken chairs or door-handles4 ,one says3 ,it will teach me to earn my fortune1 and finally one writes philosophically3 ,ordepents4 7,no6 handwork does not cure bad spelling47 ,the girls of the next highest forms 7ages eleven to twelve7 were given the questionnaire as suggestions and were asked to write an essay on handwork4 ,from them we get the 'home' point of view1 the views of the mother1 father1 sceptical brothers1 and of the younger children1 who appear to clamour for the toys4 ,illustration3 ,,plate ,,ii ,a ,,toy-,,making ,,class ,,at ,,streatham ,handwork is my favourite lesson next to ,botany4 ,it is a delightful pastime for myself and a great amusement for my little brother when it is finished4 ',have you finished the swing yet8' is the usual question which greets me every ,thursday evening4 ,when ,i am able to do handwork extra nicely ,i shall do a very nice piece of work and keep it as long as ,i can1 and when ,i get old it will remind me of youth4 ,my brother tries to make some of the things ,i bring home4 ,my sister likes the swing and uses it for her dolls4 ,it is a source of enjoyment to most children1 but until ,i entered this school ,i had never heard of girls being taught it4 ,i enjoy this so much that ,i hope to buy some tools and wood and do some work at home4 ,my three brothers tease me terribly and call me the 'left-handed carpenter1' because ,i always work with my left hand4 ,i am not satisfied with the handwork ,i have done at present1 but hope greatly to improve4 ,i enjoy making useful things because they make very useful presents at all times4 ,i should like to teach handwork to others1 as ,i think it so interesting4 ,i have discovered that handwork needs patience and neatness in every way4 ,i have learnt that everything must be done properly1 because ,i made a motor-car and gave it to my little sister1 but she happened to drop it and it came unstuck4 ,my little brother thinks it's silly for girls to learn handwork1 and everything ,i bring home he says1 ',i should not have done it like that1' and goes on to explain how he would have done it1 although he has never learnt himself4 ,i don't like the part much where you have to prepare everything to put together4 ,i like putting it together and then you can see something for your work4 ,some show the ethical value of the training2 the need of patience seems to appeal most forcibly to children who are making their first attempts at handwork4 ,to make toys and other wooden things teaches us to be patient1 for often just at a critical moment something will come unstuck and we have to begin all over again4 ,the top of the roundabout which ,i am now making has come off three or four times1 and consequently it has taken me about twice as long to make as it would if all had gone smoothly4 ,sometimes you have to wait for a piece of wood to stick4 ,the other ,friday ,i was waiting for a piece to stick and after a while ,i went on1 thinking it had got stuck2 unluckily it had not and it came off4 ,that very same piece of wood has come off every day except to-day4 ,this shows any one that one needs time and patience4 ,also you have to wait a while because some one has run off with the glue-pot1 or else ,i find my file or gimlet disappeared4 ,when ,i first began handwork ,i could not knock a nail in straight or else ,i would hit my fingers4 ,but ,i can now knock a nail in straight and without knocking my fingers4 ,i can saw much more quickly than when ,i first began4 ,it teaches us a great lesson of patience4 ,for instance1 it is very trying to have to sit or stand for quite a long while holding some little refractory piece of wood that will not stick however much one tries3 but it is no good getting cross1 for the work will not be finished if we do not stick the little piece of wood or paper4 ,once mother told me ,i had not any idea for anything1 but now she says ,i am much better1 this being one result of handwork4 ,handwork1 ,i think1 has cured me of one fault and that is inaccuracy1 for if the wood is not the proper length1 it will not fit on to the thing which is being made4 ,i have never done this kind of work before1 but ,i think it does help us when we are grown up2 one way is that everything must be accurate2 and it is also very nice to make things4 ,i find that handwork helps me greatly1 as ,i am bad at my drawing and needlework4 ,i love using the saws and hammers4 ,mother is going to give me a set of fretwork tools so that ,i can put fancy tops to my frames1 etc4 ,if ,i had a little sister or brother ,i would make a motor or train1 but as ,i am the only one1 ,i make things for ornaments4 ,next ,i shall make a table with the two sides to let down1 or one with a separate leaf to put in4 ,handwork teaches you to be exact and to hold things delicately4 ,it is very awkward to hammer a nail into a thin leg of a table or chair1 because they wobble over4 ,i think handwork is very interesting and it has taught me patience4 ,i am not allowed to read more than half an hour after ,i have done my homework and practice because my eyes are weak1 and as ,i am what some people call a bookworm ,i used to miss reading a great deal1 but now ,i do handwork in my spare time4 ,one day ,i hope to complete my doll's house1 its garage and furniture1 but ,i have not finished the house yet4 ,i like making such things as chairs and tables best of all4 ,handwork lessons were unknown to me until ,i came to this school nearly two terms ago1 and at first ,mamma was always telling me that she would not let me do any more at home1 until ,i thought of putting paper on the floor1 which keeps the shavings and sawdust from untidying the floor4 ,i always do this now1 and when the paper is taken up ,i do not have so much trouble as that of picking the pieces off the mat and then sweeping the floor before ,i go to bed4 ,handwork also helps to make one accurate and careful2 perhaps your fingers 'were all thumbs1' as the saying goes1 before you started handwork1 but you find that after say a month your fingers would be able to touch a frail thing without breaking it4 ,their desire to make and remake varies between 'pleasure toys' and useful articles2 one suspects sometimes a desire to appease the vexation of the 'house-proud' mother when there is much disorder caused at home with shavings and sawdust4 ,i can not only make toys1 but useful things such as dish stands1 brackets1 photo frames1 also easels to stand photographs on4 ,i like handwork4 ,for voluntary work ,i do handwork1 and it is also our first lesson on ,friday afternoon4 ,i like it because it helps us to make useful things4 ,for voluntary work ,i am making a medicine chest4 ,it will be handy1 because we always have a great deal of medicine at home4 ,last term ,i made a knife-box1 and it was useful1 because ,mama's was getting old4 ,my favourite tools at handwork are the saw and hammer4 ,next term ,i want to make a writing-case and a ,red ,cross motor4 ,i enjoy going to handwork very much4 ,the first thing to think about1 on getting down to the handwork-room1 is setting to work1 and going about everything quietly4 ,everything in handwork1 to be done nicely1 must be neat1 clean1 and carefully made and put together4 ,in handwork ,i have made an easel 7which is a bit difficult to fix1 unless one has a proper hinge at the back7 and a picture-frame and a little doll's house1 and ,i would like to make another one1 as ,i think it is so interesting planning out each little corner for different things1 and it helps one to think of how they would plan out a home if they had one of their own1 as perhaps some of us will4 ,i am now making a tram-car1 which is really very difficult4 ,i have not nearly finished yet1 as there is such a great deal of work in it4 ,girls' likings for tools differ1 but a file is the nicest tool1 in my eyes2 it makes the rough places quite smooth and nice4 ,in my experience of handwork ,i have made a boat with the captain's bridge and riggings1 funnels1 masts1 and railings around the edge4 ,i have also made a picture frame and doll's furniture for a friend's sister4 ,at home ,i have made a basement for a doll gentleman's house for the servants to live in2 ,i papered it and made it look neat and tidy4 ,it is rather nice to see all of the girls making things at the tables as busy as bees and it is nice to see their faces when they look at the thing which they have just finished4 ,the lesson ,i enjoy most during the week is the one termed handwork1 really carpentering on a small scale4 ,there are many things you can make1 and if you take great pains with them they become really pretty little ornaments2 in fact1 ,i am thinking of having some shelves specially for my toys4 ,when thinking of what measurements to make your toy and planning it out in figures ,i think that it helps you greatly in arithmetic4 ,the hardest tool to use1 ,i find1 is the saw2 you have to have a steady hand to use it4 ,when ,i first took handwork lessons ,i used to think it hard work1 but now ,i think otherwise1 and feel rather grand when ,i show my parents the things ,i have made4 ,the most important use of handwork is that when you are older you can knock a nail in or mend anything that needs mending in the wooden line1 instead of having to wait until father1 brother1 or husband comes home tired for them to do it4 ,as well as this there might come a time when the making of toys would help to earn the daily bread4 ,i am making a tram-car now1 and when ,i have finished it ,i want to make a whole set of furniture for a doll's house4 ,the hardest part of it will be when ,i am putting legs on tables or chairs4 ,they have to be quite straight or the table will not stand up4 ,sometimes we have just settled a post or a rail in the right place with the help of some glue when somebody knocks the table and over goes our piece of wood4 ,then we have 'to grin and bear it4' ,our teacher's name is ,miss ,polkinghorne1 she being very skilful and does much better work than us for we are only miniatures yet awhile6 ,when ,i grow up handwork will be useful to me1 for if anything breaks ,i shall know how to mend it1 and if ,i had children ,i could make things to amuse them4 ,often ,i do handwork at home4 ,i like using the saw better than any other tool4 ,i have made a good many things1 but ,i think the best was a little toy motor-car4 ,handwork is my favourite lesson2 when ,i grow up ,i shall never leave off doing handwork4 ,my little sister helps me sometimes4 ,i think she will like it4 ,my mother has asked me to make a little thing to put match-boxes in4 ,i think that it helps to make you very careful4 ,for when one is hammering and the hammer slips you get hurt and that makes one careful4 ,the hardest thing to do in a writing-case is to saw the piece of wood for the ink division4 ,it is hard to get the exact size1 but it does not look nice if it does not fit exactly4 ,i like handwork because it is different from any other lesson in the week2 there is not much writing to do1 only to mark on the wood certain lengths4 ,i once spent a long time in doing a ship1 but ,i could not get on4 ,i spent a very long time in trying to take the paper off a tobacco box1 but it was not going to come4 ,i then went on with the making1 but it kept falling to pieces4 ,i took it home1 and took necessary materials with it2 paper for flags and nails4 ,i was a long time in doing it1 as ,i took everything apart and scratched all of the paper off2 but it now looks very much better4 ,handwork is rather a funny kind of occupation for girls1 but it teaches us how to do things4 ,handwork is one of the most interesting lessons that there is4 ,it helps one to have ideas1 and also to be careful4 ,the reason why ,i like it is because ,i think that most people should have a pastime and this is a very pleasant one1 and ,i think most children will agree to this point4 ,i have to use many kinds of tools but the nicest is the hammer1 because when ,i use it ,i know ,i am near the end of a piece of work4 7,it is not that ,i dislike handwork1 but that ,i am going to start something fresh47 ,i have already made two picture-frames1 two beds1 a swing1 a chair1 a motor-car1 an easel1 and ,i am now making another swing4 ,i think ,i shall try to make a baby's cot after ,i have finished my swing4 ,i prefer to saw wood and stick pieces of wood together to hammering nails in the wood1 because the nails are sometimes difficult to get in1 for they very often go in crookedly4 ,when we get older and understand handwork more thoroughly we may be able to make things for the home1 such as knife-boxes and paper-racks2 the things we make now are mostly pleasure toys that we will amuse our younger brothers and sisters with4 ,in most cases it needs a great deal of patience1 for the things1 however simple1 have some difficult part4 ,i like making toys1 so then if you make them nicely you can take them home for your little sisters and brothers to play with4 ,handwork gives you ideas about things4 ,we can make very useful things such as letter-racks and pipe-racks4 ,i like making furniture for dolls' houses--chairs1 tables1 and sofas4 ,i like making swings4 ,some of us make animals4 ,i do not know very much about handwork1 as ,i have scarcely handled a tool before ,i came here this term1 but ,i think ,i shall always enjoy it very much4 ,i am making a doll's house now1 for my little sister 7aged five71 and ,i think it is teaching me to make myself useful1 because nobody at home cares for it much1 so ,i will soon be able to mend chairs1 make brackets1 etc41 etc4 ,since we have not been able to have proper firewood at home lately1 mother has had large wooden boxes to chop 7a thing ,i delight in doing71 and now and again mother has given me a few of them4 ,i tried to make things out of them and soon found it too rough3 so father has given me some nice polished wood1 and he says that perhaps soon he will buy me a nice little fret-saw set of tools as his are so large and clumsy4 ,i think ,i like sawing best of all1 but ,i think ,i like all the rest very well2 ,i get quite excited when ,thursday and ,friday come round 7for those are the days on which we have handwork74 ,mother thinks it is a splendid thing for girls1 and ,i quite agree with her4 ,and we both think that it will help me on with my geometry 7which ,i'm not very brilliant in1 but am trying my best74 ,these compositions were written in school and the extracts have not been corrected1 they are just as the children wrote them2 we add no commentary1 but let them speak for themselves4 ,,toy-,,making ,,in ,,school ,,and ,,home ,,chapter ,i ,,toy-,,making ,,and ,,its ,,educational ,,possibilities ,one's main object in teaching children how to make toys should be to teach them how to make toys4 ,through their efforts to make a beautiful toy they may become more patient1 more accurate1 more observant1 and more nimble with their fingers1 but these virtues will come more naturally and readily if the teacher has but one object in view2 singleness of purpose is the secret of success4 ,through classes in toy-making rightly conducted the children become more resourceful1 more quick at finding the right thing for the right place1 happier in some cases--that is to say1 the so-called dull child1 the child that has no gift for mathematics1 no memory for languages1 can often find in the handwork class the happiness of doing something well1 of producing a praiseworthy and pleasure-giving piece of work4 ,it is very necessary to find occupation for backward children1 who sometimes drift rather aimlessly through the school1 occupation that will develop initiative and involve effort1 occupation that will bring disappointments 7so often one careless bit of work spoils an almost finished toy71 but will also bring the joy of successful achievement4 ,the ordinary lessons--,english1 ,french1 etc4--may be said also to bring their disappointments and joys1 but not in the same tangible way as the handwork lesson4 ,the table that will not stand steadily because all its legs have not been carefully cut the right length teaches to a certain type of mind a more forcible lesson than the incorrect sum or ,french exercise4 ,again1 it is very necessary that one lesson period a week should be devoted to an occupation which is of the nature of a hobby2 the ordinary history and geography lessons do not often suggest voluntary work for the children's leisure4 ,indeed1 in many cases it is easier to train children to become future clerks and teachers than to train them how to use their leisure4 ,now handwork classes suggest leisure occupations4 ,the children who begin to make their own toys in the lower forms for themselves1 when older will want to make them for other little children1 when older1 too1 they will begin to ask how to make useful articles--writing-cases1 medicine-chests1 knife-boxes1 soap-boxes--articles very frequently suggested by their parents and much valued by them when made4 ,one need scarcely fear for the future of the child1 however dull and mechanical her daily work as a grown-up person may be1 if she has abundant interests in life--if she can use and love to use in leisure moments hammer1 saw1 and file1 or if she has some other healthy hobby4 ,still1 for those who like the pleasant noise and pleasant mess caused by tools1 it is hard to find a happier occupation than toy-making4 ,a toy-maker becomes at once a collector of useful odds and ends1 and a collector 7that is1 one who collects willingly the things he likes7 is always a happy person2 the toy-maker becomes1 too1 the contriver1 one who can adapt materials to different purposes1 and the giver--for the finished article must be disposed of4 ,the mere acquisition of knowledge forms the least important part of school work4 ,a large number of facts in connexion with history1 geography1 ,french1 etc41 have rightly to be learnt by heart and are useful to the child in after life1 but they do not bring with them necessarily wisdom1 nor does the learning of them play such an important part in the child's development as the activity of the child in the handwork class does4 ,some one has wisely said1 ,if education at school means nothing more to the children than a respectable routine and a few examinations successfully circumvented1 then education is a failure2 if besides that1 it has enlivened the years and counted for something in the general joy of growing1 then it has a real value--a value which entitles it to a place among happy memories1 perhaps even the highest place of all4 ,many of us perhaps feel in looking back on our schooldays how many good things we lost for the sake of learning some now forgotten facts2 how many good things we lost to be first in class2 we confused means with ends1 we toiled over our history and learnt it to get full marks in the coming test 7we should have toiled over our toy for love of making it and to produce as perfect a one as possible72 in after life we would gladly tread some of the by-paths of knowledge1 have some hobby1 but our rigorous system of training left us no opportunity in young days1 and sapped the energy that alone would make it possible in after years4 ,no scheme of work then for schooldays must be so rigorous that it leaves no leisure for 'feast days4' ,some days1 some hours must come back to memory1 bringing not only their past happiness1 but ideas for present occupation4 ,the happiest days of youth are generally the busiest1 days when one had something one really wanted to be busy about for its own sake1 not for the sake of marks or for the sake of outstripping one's fellow-pupils1 or for the sake of one's future4 ,these busy1 happy1 idle days are the feast days of youth1 days one thinks of as the poet thought when he wrote3 ,and none will know the gleam there used to be ,about the feast days freshly kept by me1 ,but men will call the golden hour of bliss ',about this time1' or 'shortly after this4' ,this book on toy-making is not written to advocate the so-called 'primrose path in education1' the 'turn-work-into-play theory1' though undoubtedly the first chapters at least of this book will be attacked by those who fear that education is yielding or is going to yield to a popular clamour for ease4 ,for these people1 too1 ,masefield has a message3 ,best trust the happy moments4 ,what they gave ,makes man less fearful of the certain grave1 ,and gives his work compassion and new eyes2 ,the days that make us happy make us wise4 ,moreover1 every teacher of handwork knows how little ease the busy children in her classes get--in these classes they are never passive listeners or passive learners by heart4 ,they see the need of accuracy1 the labour necessary to produce it1 they suffer for every mistake they make1 they realise some of the joy and pain of creating1 and1 best of all perhaps1 they realise the joy of work--active1 muscular work as distinguished from their ordinary scholarly work4 ,with regard to the question of work it has been ably said that ,no one has yet preached in an adequate way the gospel of work--real hard work--as the most amusing of all occupations--not a noble duty4 ,it is somewhat unfortunate that directly one begins to like one's work one is accused of playing4 ,to return to toy-making 7which is work or play1 according to whether one dislikes or likes it7--whether toy-making be taken in the school or not1 the teachers will find it a useful hobby4 ,through it they can amuse themselves and renew their youth2 through it they will have an enduring bond of union with their children4 ,our knowledge of history and geography often fails to impress our children2 they probably think we are a little foolish to burden our heads with so many facts that seem to have no bearing on to-day2 but when we can use our hands and make a toy they see us with other eyes1 we are really clever people worth cultivating4 ,if toy-making be taken as a form of handwork in school1 one enlists at once the interest of the parent--especially of the father--the mother sometimes1 not often1 objects to the mess4 ,this interest of the parents is a great gain2 the father delights in doing a bit of the work--sticking on the difficult funnel1 sawing the hard piece of wood2 child learns from parent1 and parent from child1 and in this way the father may again remember half-forgotten ambitions1 half-neglected talents1 and find in toy-making a profitable occupation1 profitable mainly in the fact that any occupation which recalls to the grown-up person his youth1 with its fresher outlook on life1 must be wholesome4 ,finally1 if the handwork classes make the children more 'at home' with themselves and with life1 they will have done something2 if they help them toward self-realisation they will help them toward the joy the writer speaks of who says1 ,joy of life seems to me to arise from a sense of being where one belongs1 as ,i feel right here2 of being four-square with the life we have chosen4 ,all the discontented people ,i know are trying sedulously to be something they are not1 to do something they cannot do4444 ,it is curious1 is it not1 with what skill we will adapt our sandy land to potatoes and grow our beans with clay1 and with how little wisdom we farm the soil of our own natures8 ,,chapter ,,ii ,,general ,,principles2 ,,materials ,in toy-making in schools it is very necessary to design toys that can be made from materials which are easily obtained4 ,the ,board of ,education in a report on handwork in the ,london elementary schools says3 ,the range of materials used is limited1 as a rule1 to paper1 cardboard1 clay1 and 'prepared wood' or 'stripwood4' ,it is perhaps unfortunate that these are almost entirely 'school materials1' in other words materials which are not likely to be much used outside the school1 either in the child's home or in after life4 ,there is truth in this--to give the child too much 'prepared material' tends to make him less inventive1 resourceful1 and painstaking1 and prevents him from continuing his work at home1 where he has not got prepared material4 ,any series of toys made from the same material--say a series of toys made from match stales or from 'stripwood'--has very limited educational advantages4 ,toys made from a combination of waste materials are the best--match-boxes1 cardboard and wooden boxes of all sizes1 mantle-boxes1 reels1 corks1 broom-handles1 silver paper1 etc41 can all play a part in producing an effective1 even a beautiful toy4 ,most of the toys described in this book are made from so-called 'waste materials4' ,with regard to infant school work1 squares of white paper--cartridge paper or ordinary exercise paper--which the children can colour themselves are better than a too slavish use of the coloured gummed squares supplied to schools4 ,further directions with regard to materials will be given in connexion with the various toys4 ,it is advisable to use as few tools as possible1 both because the fewer tools the less expense and because the fewer tools the more thought and ingenuity required4 ,to have a perfect instrument at hand for every need paralyses work1 thought1 and happiness4 ,most of the toys in this book are made--if for little ones1 with scissors1 if for older ones1 with hammer1 saw1 and file4 ,a graduated course is necessary4 ,generally speaking1 the little ones from five to seven make their toys of paper1 clay1 plasticine1 and raffia4 ,children from seven to ten can make simple wooden toys4 ,wooden toys are the best2 many things can be done with wood1 impossible with cardboard or paper1 and they are so lasting4 ,cardboard modelling is always difficult1 and as a rule should not be attempted by children younger than nine4 ,except that they provide practice in accurate measurement1 toys made of paper and cardboard by children of nine or older are disappointing1 they crush so quickly4 ,quite strong toys can1 however1 be made from a combination of wood1 cardboard1 and paper4 ,if really strong paper toys are required 7for example1 the various articles of doll's furniture1 the table and chair1 etc41 are more valuable if strongly made71 an excellent medium can be made by pasting 7using ordinary flour paste7 two or three sheets of paper together and allowing them to dry thoroughly under pressure4 ,both or all three sheets must be pasted over before they are brought together to avoid subsequent curling4 ,this will1 however1 prove too stiff a medium for children younger than five4 ,skewers will be found very useful in toy-making4 ,any ordinary metal skewer is useful for boring holes in cardboard and corks1 while the short meat skewers1 three inches long 7cost twopence per dozen71 are an excellent substitute for bradawls when the children are making the early light woodwork models2 later on in woodwork a fine workman's bradawl is required1 or a drill4 ,wooden skewers are useful for axles of all kinds4 ,another useful boring tool 7for making holes in paper1 corks1 or cardboard7 is the metal pin stopper supplied with tubes of seccotine4 ,this bores a hole in cardboard or paper that is the right size for a match4 ,when boring holes in cardboard the children will find a cotton reel useful to bore upon2 their meat skewer or seccotine pin stopper can then pass through the cardboard into the hole in the reel4 ,methods of joining ,cardboard and ,paper ,edges4 7#a7 ,leaving a flange4 ,in ,fig4 #a the shaded portions represent flanges--flange ,a is for joining side of house ,b to ,c1 flanges ,d1 ,e1 ,f1 ,g are for holding the roof2 they must1 of course1 be bent at right angles to the sides ,b and ,h4 7,note flange in socket of candlestick1 ,fig4 #di1 ,chapter ,,iv1 and in pigeon-house1 ,chapter ,x47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,if ,fig4 #a is made of cardboard1 flange ,a must have the surface of the cardboard pared away1 otherwise the joining will be clumsy4 ,the dotted lines represent bends only in the case of paper1 but half cuts in the case of cardboard4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b ,with regard to the size of the flange1 this will depend upon the strength of the adhesive used and the stiffness of the material4 ,generally speaking1 the larger the flange the better1 for a narrow flange tends to turn up and must be held down longer than a wide one4 ,a good general rule to remember when joining two pieces of material is this--that it is always the thinner of the two that is to be pasted or glued4 ,this must be borne in mind when using the second method of joining cardboard or paper edges4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c;a ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c;b 7#b7 ,using paper hinges4 ,the hinge should extend the whole length of the edges that come together1 as in ,fig4 #b1 where pieces of cardboard ,a and ,b are joined by the hinge a b c d e f4 ,before pasting the hinge must be folded along b e1 care being taken that b e is at right angles to a c and d f4 ,the sides1 bottom1 and roof of the ,noah's ,ark are joined together by paper hinges 7,chapter ,x74 7#c7 ,wherever it is necessary to join curved edges1 the flange must be cut as in ,fig4 #c;a1 flange a b c d4 ,fig4 #c;b shows paper curved and flanges bent down ready for pasting4 ,this is the method used for fastening on paper funnels1 the bottom of the paper mug 7,fig4 #eg1 ,chapter ,,iv71 etc4 ,the ,making and ,fixing of ,wheels4 ,if it is desired to attach movable wheels to any of the toys described in the following chapters 7in the early chapters for greater simplicity the wheels are gummed to sides of carts1 or to matches1 etc471 the following methods are suggested4 7#a7 ,the wheels can be rigidly fixed to the axle--that is1 a match end is pushed tight into the cardboard wheel and the axle is free to turn in loose bearings1 as in ,fig4 #d1 fixed under the cart or other vehicle or to the sides4 ,these bearings can be cut from cardboard or cartridge paper4 ,in ,fig4 #d the paper is bent at a right angle along the dotted line1 and the rectangular portion is gummed under the cart4 ,if the rectangular portion is gummed to the side of the cart no bend is needed4 ,the parts of the match sticks that pass through the holes must be rounded with sand-paper so that they will turn easily in the holes4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #d 7#b7 ,the axle can be glued to the bottom of the cart and the wheels left free to revolve4 ,the wheels are kept in their places by the following plan4 ,cut some small cardboard washers1 seccotine one near each end of the axle as in ,fig4 #e;a1 taking care that they do not come under the cart4 ,slip on the wheels1 taking care that the centre hole is punched large enough to allow the wheel to revolve freely4 ,this will be the case if a steel meat skewer 7size about #g inches long7 has been used to make the holes4 ,fix washers outside the wheels to keep them on1 as in ,fig4 #e;b4 ,these washers keep the wheels from sagging4 ,these wheels will revolve if the match stick has been rounded with sand-paper4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #e;a ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #e;b ,with regard to the arrangement of the toys in this book1 roughly they are described in order of difficulty1 but for convenience sometimes this order has been departed from4 ,for example1 match-box toys have been grouped together1 cork animals1 etc4 ,the teacher must select her own models from different parts of the book and use them in accordance with her children's ability and her own taste4 ,another important principle to follow is this4 ,the teacher should give as few directions as possible1 be as silent as it is possible for a teacher to be4 ,the child has an excellent opportunity in these classes of learning from his own mistakes4 ,this opportunity must not be taken from him2 he must be given the chance of finding out his own mistakes4 ,moreover1 every difficulty should not be anticipated for the child2 nor should too many warnings be given4 ,let the children set to work as soon as possible and use their tools without too many instructions about them4 ,let them ask1 let them have the pleasure of discovering2 every child wants to learn1 but not every child wants to be taught4 ,all models should be made as large as is reasonably possible2 this should be insisted on from the beginning4 ,lastly1 great accuracy 7though much to be desired7 must not be expected from the child2 careful work must be insisted on1 but one must learn to recognise the careful work of a child 7which is so different from that of the grown-up person7 and not heedlessly blame him or her for not reaching perfection4 ,accuracy is so often the outcome of 'lack of vision4' ,the child so often has that 'vision1' that imaginative outlook on life that floods the mind with ideas1 but lacks accurate power of expression1 while the grown-up person has the accurate power of expression1 but has lost the fresh imagination of youth and all its ideals4 ,we must see to it that we do not dim our children's vision4 ,,chapter ,,iii ,,paper ,,work ,,for ,,infants ,materials4 ,white paper of any kind that is not too thick and bends easily1 e4g4 cartridge paper1 plain white foolscap1 pages from exercise books4 ,pieces of coloured paper are introduced into some of the toys4 ,it is better1 however1 to encourage the children to colour the white paper with chalks4 ,one must remember1 however1 children's delight in coloured paper and let them have it sometimes4 ,a wall-paper sample book will provide coloured paper1 and gummed coloured squares are supplied to most schools4 ,these gummed squares are really too thin for effective toy-making1 and there is the temptation to the child to lick them when making models from them4 ,adhesives4 ,in many cases the toys can be fastened together by means of paper-fasteners4 ,where this is not possible the following adhesives are recommended4 7#a7 ,gloy--this is clean and fastens the paper fairly securely4 7#b7 ,higgins' ,vegetable ,glue4 ,this has one great advantage over ,gloy3 it cannot be spilt4 ,a little of it can be put on a piece of paper for each child2 this is a great convenience in a large class4 7#c7 ,home-made paste of flour and water2 this is very clean and wholesome4 ,,paper ,,toys ,,from ,,the ,,square ,the following toys should be made as large as possible1 never from a square of less than #d inches each side4 ,the larger the toy the thicker the paper that can be used and the stronger it is4 ,in the following diagrams1 lines to be cut are drawn1 lines to be folded are dotted1 parts to be cut off are shaded4 ,as soon as possible the child should be shown how to make a large brown paper envelope to keep his work in4 ,model #a4 ,the ,rabbit ,hutch4 ,fold paper into #af squares as in ,fig4 #f4 ,cut lines indicated4 ,draw bars in square ,a1 or fold along ,t ,s 7,fig4 #g7 and cut out the bars2 the door is drawn and cut in square ,b4 ,colour the whole yellow or brown to represent wood4 ,gum ,l over ,m2 ,n over ,m2 ,o over ,n4 ,the same on the other side4 ,a small paper-fastener makes a good handle4 ,rabbits and carrots can be cut out of paper to furnish the hutch 7,fig4 #g74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #f ,from a similar square folded into sixteen squares a ,railway ,carriage can be made4 ,in this case the door is cut in the middle of ,c ,d 7,fig4 #h74 ,windows and panels are drawn on the paper4 ,a roll of paper is put on top for the light1 or a small piece of cork can be used4 ,the wheels are drawn by means of halfpennies1 then folded in half2 one half is pasted under the carriage1 the other appears as in ,fig4 #h4 ,three or four carriages can be made and fastened by strips of paper4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #g ,children delight in chalking the blinds of their carriages in various colours and labelling them #ast1 #bnd1 or #crd ,class4 ,the top of the carriage should be darkened with pencil or chalk1 or a piece of black paper pasted over it4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #h ,a ,luggage ,van or ,cattle ,truck 7,fig4 #i7 can be made from a square of the same size by cutting off oblong ,e ,f 7,fig4 #f7 and gumming ,l over ,n and ,m over ,l4 ,the ,basket 7,fig4 #aj7 is a simple model4 ,one quarter of the square is cut off to form a handle4 ,cut remaining portion as in ,fig4 #aa1 double over corners a1 b1 c1 d1 paste corner d over ,d1 c over ,c1 b over ,b1 a over ,a4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #i ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aj ,the basket should be coloured with yellow chalk to represent straw2 the handle is fastened on with paper-fasteners4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aa ,paper fruit1 apples and oranges1 can be cut out to go in the basket4 ,a ,wardrobe4 ,fold square into sixteen parts and cut as in ,fig4 #ab4 ,gum ,a over ,c and ,b over ,a4 ,repeat with ,d ,e ,f4 ,gum a piece of silver paper on the door for a mirror2 square ,h1 with its corners cut off1 forms ornament on top 7,fig4 #ac74 ,a match is gummed inside1 on which clothes are hung4 ,the children can either draw these and cut them out1 or cut them out from old fashion plates4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ab ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ac ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ad ,an ,oak ,chest4 ,make exactly as for wardrobe1 but stand on the long side4 ,draw panels and colour light brown 7,fig4 #ad74 ,by cutting off the lid and making a handle from it a basket can be made4 ,the children themselves may be able to suggest some of these articles and should be encouraged to4 ,a ,sedan ,chair can be made in the same way as the wardrobe 7see ,fig4 #ab74 ,loops of paper are gummed on at ,a and ,b 7,fig4 #ae71 through which the shafts pass2 a window can be cut by folding the door ,c ,d ,g ,h in half along ,k ,l4 ,a piece of coloured paper can be gummed inside the window for a blind2 some sort of ornament can be gummed at the top along ,c ,d and ,e ,f4 ,panels1 etc41 can be drawn4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ae ,a ,market ,basket 7,fig4 #af74 ,fold square as for wardrobe 7,fig4 #ab71 cut off the quarter ,k ,l ,m ,h4 ,gum ,a to ,b and ,c to ,a--the same with ,d ,e ,f4 ,to make lids1 halve the quarter ,k ,l ,m ,h4 ,gum ,k to ,a 7outside7 and ,l forms one lid2 gum ,h to ,d and ,m forms the other lid4 ,paper-fasteners may be put in each lid for handles4 ,the handle of basket must be made from another strip of paper4 ,the basket should be suitably coloured before being gummed together4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #af ,a ,cradle 7,fig4 #ag74 ,begin with a square 7each side four times the diameter of a penny74 ,fold and gum together as for basket4 ,cut two round discs of stiff paper the size of a penny4 ,fold these in half4 ,gum one half of each disc on to bottom of cradle2 the other half forms the rocker4 ,these halves must be made less round by being cut as in ,fig4 #ah1 so that the cradle will rock4 ,by means of the penny portions ,a and ,b can be cut to form top and bottom of cradle1 a strip of paper ,c ,d ,e can be gummed across one end 7round ,a7 to form a hood 7,fig4 #ag74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ag ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ah ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ai ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bj ,a ,settee4 ,fold a square as for wardrobe 7,fig4 #ab71 cut off one quarter1 ,k ,l ,m ,h4 ,gum ,a to ,b1 ,d to ,e for arms4 ,cut arms as in ,fig4 #bj4 ,for back legs of settee use portion ,k ,l ,m ,h2 gum ,k to ,f and ,h to ,c 7,fig4 #ai74 ,to strengthen the settee gum a piece of paper over ,n ,o and ,m ,l4 ,coloured paper can be pasted on back1 sides and seat as shown in drawing4 ,the legs may either be cut out or simply drawn on the paper as in illustration 7,fig4 #bj74 ,the settee will prove a really strong piece of doll's furniture4 ,the children should be allowed to furnish a doll's house with the various articles described in this book4 ,when they have had some practice in making them each child can be allowed to make one piece of furniture for a school doll's house4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ba ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bb ,table4 ,top of table is a square of white cartridge paper4 ,make the legs from a double square1 each square the same size as top of table4 ,fold and cut the double square as in ,fig4 #ba4 ,bend flaps ,a ,b ,c ,d carefully along a b4 ,gum ,a to ,b1 ,c to ,b1 ,d to ,a to form legs4 ,gum square top on to ,a ,b ,c ,d4 ,a square of coloured paper can be gummed on to top of table as in drawing 7,fig4 #bb74 ,leg ,e can be gummed to ,f by means of a paper hinge1 or a flange may be provided1 as in ,fig4 #a4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bc ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bd ,to make a ,chair to go with the table4 ,take a double square the same size as that used for legs of table4 ,fold into eight as in ,fig4 #bd4 ,cut in half along a b4 ,squares ,a1 ,b1 ,c form front legs1 seat and back of chair respectively4 ,square ,f is gummed to ,b1 so that ,e forms back legs4 ,the chair must be strengthened by gumming ,h to ,c and ,g to ,e4 ,coloured squares can be gummed to seat and back2 the rest of the chair can be chalked to represent wood 7,fig4 #bc74 ,a dining-room suite may be made in this way4 ,side-board4 ,begin with two equal squares4 ,cut and fasten one square together as for rabbit hutch 7,fig4 #f71 but cut two doors4 ,one quarter of the second square must be cut and gummed on to back to form a mirrored top 7,fig4 #be74 ,a piece of silver paper may be gummed on to back for a mirror4 ,from the rest of the second square plates and dishes can be cut and coloured to go on top and inside sideboard4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #be ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bf ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bg ,an ,arm-chair4 ,begin with square folded into sixteen parts 7,fig4 #bf71 cut off one quarter ,d ,h ,n ,s1 again cut off one quarter ,o ,p ,r4 ,cut remaining square as in diagram4 ,gum ,e to ,a and ,g to ,c4 ,cut these squares to form arms4 ,gum ,o to ,k and ,r to ,m to form back legs and sides4 ,to strengthen chair cut off ,n from ,d ,h4 ,gum ,h to ,p and ,d to ,b4 ,the corners of ,b are rounded4 ,coloured paper can be pasted over the arms and in the middle of back1 seat and sides 7,fig4 #bg74 ,legs can be chalked on ,p1 ,l1 ,k and ,m1 or cut out as shown in the figure4 ,if preferred the arms are not folded over but cut round4 ,this arm-chair is a strong one and will hold a heavy doll4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bi ,a ,bed4 ,fold a double square as in ,fig4 #bh4 ,cut portions indicated4 ,gum ,a ,b ,c ,d to ,e ,f ,g ,h1 the same the other side4 ,bend up ,m and ,n to form head and foot of bed4 ,these can be cut any shape1 or simply be coloured to represent beams4 ,legs can be drawn on or cut out of sides ,f ,h ,k ,l and ,b ,o ,d ,p 7,fig4 #bi74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ca ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cb ,a ,coal ,scuttle4 ,begin with a #d-;inch square1 fold into sixteen parts1 cut off a quarter1 cut off a quarter again2 cut remaining portion as in ,fig4 #cj4 ,gum ,a over ,b1 ,c over ,b4 ,for the stand take the smallest quarter 7,fig4 #cb71 fold and cut as in diagram4 ,gum ,a to bottom of coal scuttle1 ,b and ,c form the supports2 a handle can be cut and gummed on as in ,fig4 #ca4 ,the children can cut a shovel out of paper to slip in a little paper band at the back 7,fig4 #ca74 ,the coal scuttle should be coloured black1 with yellow to represent brass4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cc ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cd ,a ,drawing-room ,cabinet4 ,fold and cut square as in ,fig4 #cc4 ,gum ,b over ,a1 ,c over ,d4 ,bend ,e and ,k down and cut corners off to form shelves as in ,fig4 #cd4 ,g ,h can be cut round1 or in any way to make suitable top for cabinet4 ,silver paper can be pasted on where desired for mirrors1 doors cut or drawn1 etc4 ,from ,fig4 #cc the children will be able to make a number of simple and effective articles of doll's furniture--namely1 doll's dresser1 oak settee for hall1 dressing-table1 wash-stand1 writing-case4 ,these the children must be allowed to suggest and think out themselves4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ce ,a ,shop or ,stall4 ,this will hold together without the use of gum4 ,fold and cut as in ,fig4 #ce4 ,fold together so that square ,e ,n ,g ,m covers square ,g ,m ,k ,t2 the same the other side4 ,bend back ,c ,s ,g ,q along ,s ,q to form side 7,fig4 #cf72 the same the other side4 ,fold ,b ,f ,d ,h along ,f ,h for roof1 fold ,b ,v ,d ,w down as in ,fig4 #cf2 this portion should have name of shop written on it4 ,fold ,a ,b ,f ,c along ,r ,s1 so that ,a ,c coincides with ,b ,f4 ,fold down ,r ,b ,x ,v so that top of ,c ,s ,g ,q lies between ,r ,b ,x ,v and ,a ,r ,x ,z2 the same the other side2 this folding keeps the shop together4 ,gum can be used if greater strength is desired4 ,from paper the children can cut materials to furnish their stall4 ,from a similar square a piano can be made as in ,fig4 #cg4 ,a piece of paper must be gummed to ,v ,b ,w ,d to close up the hollow2 the sides ,s ,c ,g ,q must not be bent back but cut as in ,fig4 #cg to represent the sides of a piano4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cf ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cg ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ch ,some ,simple ,tents4 ,a good imitation of an ,a tent can be made by little ones from a square4 ,several of these make an excellent encampment for toy soldiers4 ,fold and cut square as in ,fig4 #ch4 ,to fasten it together paste square #a to square #b2 this forms the back of the tent2 edges ,p ,o1 ,k ,l1 etc41 rest along the ground4 ,corners ,l and ,m must be bent back to form the entrance4 ,pieces of cotton are fastened along ,f ,m and ,f ,l for straps for lacing up the entrance 7see ,fig4 #ci74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ci ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dj ,fig4 #dj shows a drawing of a real ,a tent spread out flat upon the ground4 ,it is made of strips of canvas1 #a1 #b1 #c1 #d1 #e1 #f1 #g1 #h1 #i1 #aj1 #aa1 #ab sewn together4 ,children can imitate this in paper4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #da ,a ,triangular ,tent4 ,this is very simple4 ,fold and cut as in ,fig4 #da4 ,paste ,a ,e ,b over ,e ,b ,d4 ,cut door at ,f4 ,,chapter ,,iv ,,more ,,paper ,,toys ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #db ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dc ,a ,bridge 7,fig4 #db74 ,begin with square 7#h inches each side71 fold in four and cut off one piece4 ,fold again in four1 folds running in opposite directions to first folds1 and cut off one piece4 ,a square1 ,a ,b ,c ,d1 remains1 divided into nine squares 7,fig4 #dc74 ,fold ,a ,g and ,f ,c in halves1 cut off shaded portions4 ,join ,l ,e1 ,f ,n1 ,m ,gand ,h ,o1 and cut off shaded portions4 ,cut along ,l ,r1 ,n ,s1 ,m ,p and ,o ,q2 bend as in ,fig4 #db4 ,matches can be gummed on the slopes of the bridge4 ,if a piece of white cardboard or paper is placed underneath a river can be marked on it and paper boats made4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dd ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #de ,the children can make a very pretty scene from this4 ,trees can be coloured and cut out of paper and gummed upright by means of a little flap of paper left at the end of the trunk of the tree4 ,the house can be cut out of a piece of folded paper 7,fig4 #dd7 so that it will stand2 animals can be cut in a similar way 7,fig4 #de74 ,boats are made of plasticine1 with paper sails stuck in it4 ,children can add other animals and think of other additions to the scene4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #df ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dg ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dh ,a ,punt 7,fig4 #df74 ,begin with a square1 fold into sixteen parts1 cut off a quarter4 ,fold in half oblongs ,a ,b and ,c ,d 7,fig4 #dg74 ,cut off the shaded portions4 ,cut along the lines ,m ,e1 ,c ,n1 ,o ,b1 ,p ,g4 ,fold along ,m ,k1 ,f ,n1 ,o ,l and ,p ,h4 ,the child will accomplish this fold more easily if she puts her ruler along a line from ,k to ,m and folds the paper over it4 ,a coloured band should be chalked round the punt4 ,to fasten it together gum ,k ,e ,m to ,m ,e ,c ,n1 ,c ,n ,f to ,m ,e ,c ,n and so on the other side4 ,three seats are fastened inside1 made from the quarter cut off the original square4 ,the length of the seat is equal to the distance ,e ,c2 the height of the seat to half of the distance ,k ,e 7,fig4 #dh74 ,the punt should be made from a square of cartridge paper1 eleven inches each side4 ,it will be found to float well on water4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #di ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ej ,a ,candlestick 7,fig4 #di74 ,begin with two squares of coloured paper 7sides #d inches72 one forms the bottom of the candlestick2 half the other forms the socket4 ,to make the socket fold and cut as in ,fig4 #ej4 ,the other half divided lengthways forms the handle4 ,the handle and socket can be fastened on with paper-fasteners or gummed4 ,it looks neater when gummed4 ,a roll of yellow paper or white paper coloured forms the candle2 into this roll some cotton-wool is put and into this a piece of red paper for the flame4 ,children delight in making candlesticks of different colours and decorating their form rooms with them4 ,the candlestick can be strengthened by being gummed on to a piece of cardboard 7a post-card will do74 ,a round candlestick can be made in a similar way4 ,to make the socket1 fold the oblong 7,fig4 #ej7 into four parts1 leaving a piece1 ,e1 over2 gum ,e to ,a4 ,a ,lantern4 ,begin with an oblong #h inches by #e-a_/b inches1 ,a ,b ,c ,d 7,fig4 #ea74 ,fold along ,e ,t ,k and ,g ,h to get flanges4 ,fold ,c ,a ,b ,d into half to obtain the line ,l ,m1 and fold ,a ,l ,m ,b into four parts to obtain the line ,l ,m4 ,fold ,a ,h ,c ,g into four parts along ,q ,p1 ,o ,n and ,s ,r4 ,draw the top of the lantern in ,a ,h ,l ,m1 as in ,fig4 #ea1 and cut off the shaded portion4 ,draw or cut windows in the sides of the lantern4 ,cut the flange abc as in the diagram4 ,make the candle and the candlestick to fit into the lantern as in ,fig4 #di4 7,note the length of the edge of the candlestick is the width of the lantern ,e ,t47 ,bend the flanges a1 b1 c at right angles to the sides and gum the candlestick to these4 ,flange d can be gummed to the edge ,l ,e1 and a door cut in one of the sides1 or flange d can be cut off and then side l forms the door4 ,make holes in the tops of the lantern and tie together with thread1 as in ,fig4 #eb1 or the flanges can be left round the triangular tops and they can be gummed together4 ,fig4 #eb shows the finished model4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ea ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #eb ,colouring the ,lantern4 ,the lantern can be made of black paper 7lines must be drawn on the white side71 or white paper chalked1 or painted black or yellow1 etc41 according to taste4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ec ,a ,well and ,bucket4 ,the well is made from an oblong about #b-a_/b inches by #aj inches4 ,fold down one side of the oblong1 about #a_/b inch2 make cuts along this fold as in ,fig4 #ed4 ,when the paper is bent round to form the well1 these cut pieces form the edge of the well 7,fig4 #ec74 ,a ,b is a piece of cardboard or stiff paper bent1 as shown in the diagram1 and gummed to the sides of the well4 ,two holes must first be made in ,a and ,b4 ,then through these holes a piece of cane ,c is passed4 ,d and ,e are pieces of cardboard of equal size2 holes are made in each end and the strips are glued to each end of the piece of cane4 ,into the other holes are glued two smaller pieces of cane or two matches1 ,f and ,g1 for handles4 ,the well should be coloured red before being fastened together4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ed ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ee ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ef ,the bucket 7,fig4 #ee7 is made from a small oblong4 ,fold and cut off the shaded parts as in ,fig4 #ef4 ,when the bucket is fastened together stand on a piece of paper and draw round it to get the measurement for a circular disc for the bottom4 ,cut this out and gum it to the bent edges #a1 #b1 #c1 #d4 ,a handle can be made of string or paper4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #eg ,a ,mug 7,fig4 #eg74 ,this is made like the bucket4 ,the handle is made of a strip of paper fastened to the mug by paper-clips4 ,a band of coloured paper is gummed round the mug2 the handle can be made of the same coloured paper as the band4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #eh ,motor-car4 ,begin with a square 7#h-;inch side74 ,halve it4 ,fold each half into thirty-two parts4 ,cut one half as in diagram #eh4 ,gum ,a to ,b and ,d to ,c1 ,e to ,f and ,h to ,h4 ,this forms the body of the car4 ,the doors must be cut in squares ,k1 ,m1 ,l1 ,n4 ,from the second half 7folded into thirty-two7 pieces can be cut to cover exactly the front of the car1 and to form seats ,o and ,r and backs and sides1 ,s ,t4 ,see ,fig4 #ei4 ,the wheels are drawn on stiff paper or cardboard by means of halfpennies1 cut out and gummed on to the sides4 ,the children of six who made this car enjoyed adding1 according to their own ideas1 steps1 steering-wheel1 and other details4 ,the car looks more attractive if coloured and if the seats are covered with red paper4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ei ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #fj ,from a similar square 7#h-;inch side71 divided into two 7each half divided into thirty-two parts71 a ,book-case can be made 7see ,fig4 #fj74 ,one half gummed together as for the motor forms the case2 the other half forms the shelves and the ornament on top4 ,a door can easily be added1 or two doors1 one on each side4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #fa ,a ,wigwam4 ,begin with half a square 7,fig4 #fa74 ,fold into thirty-two parts4 ,draw a curved line from ,a through ,b and ,c to ,d1 and from ,a through ,e and ,f to ,g4 ,cut along these lines4 ,join ,k with ,h by a curved line and ,h with ,l4 ,cut along this line4 ,gum ,l ,n to ,k ,m4 ,fold back the corners ,g and ,d for the door4 ,strips of paper can be cut out and gummed inside the wigwam for poles4 ,designs can be drawn on wigwam as in ,fig4 #fb4 ,marks from ,k to ,k show where it is laced up4 ,the wigwam should be coloured brown1 the circles on it red and white or yellow4 ,this model will be found useful when illustrating scenes from ,hiawatha4 ,other simple models to go with this are--a bow1 arrows1 quiver1 canoe4 ,the bow can be made from a piece of cane1 the arrows cut out of paper4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #fb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #fc ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #fd ,a ,quiver4 ,fold square into sixteen parts 7,fig4 #fc74 ,join ,a to ,c1 ,c to ,d1 ,d to ,b by curved line2 cut along it4 ,join ,e with ,g and bend along it2 ,g with ,f and bend along it4 ,gum ,b ,h ,g to ,a ,k ,g4 ,fasten a piece of string as in the drawing 7,fig4 #fd74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #fe ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ff ,for ,canoe begin with an oblong #f-a_/b inches long 7,fig4 #fe72 width1 twice the diameter of a penny4 ,fold in half along ,g ,h4 ,make half circles ,a ,b ,c and ,f ,e ,d1 at each end1 by means of penny4 ,cut around ,a ,b ,c and ,d ,e ,f4 ,fold in half along ,b ,e4 ,join ,a by means of curved line with ,b ,e1 and ,f with ,b ,e4 ,cut along ,a ,h ,k ,f4 ,gum the canoe together at ,a ,b ,c and ,f ,e ,d4 ,cut out three seats to go in the middle2 make drawings on the canoe4 ,paddles must be cut to go with canoe 7,fig4 #ff74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #fg ,an ,indian ,cradle can be made in the same way as the quiver1 but with the point ,g cut off as in ,fig4 #fg1 and markings put on the front to look as though the cradle were laced up4 ,string is attached for hanging the cradle to the mother's back or to a tree4 ,canoe1 quiver and cradle look effective cut out of brown paper and chalked with yellow or red chalks4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #fh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #fi ,a ,clock ,tower 7,fig4 #fi74 ,begin with an oblong #aj inches by #f inches4 ,fold in eight parts1 and cut off three4 ,fold the remaining portion ,a ,b ,c ,d in half along ,e ,f2 fold ,a ,f in half along ,g ,h4 ,fold along as in ,fig4 #fh4 ,draw clock faces in squares #a1 #b1 #c and #d1 a pattern of some kind in triangles #e and #f1 and mark bricks on the sides #g1 #h1 #i1 #aj2 side #g is gummed over #aa1 which1 therefore1 is not seen 7,fig4 #fi74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #gj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ga ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #gb ,to fasten ,tower together4 ,fold the sides #h and #aj at right angles to #i2 bend ,j forward and gum to it both ,k and ,l 7,fig4 #gj71 and cut off the part of ,j that projects beyond ,k and ,l4 ,now gum the side #g to #aa1 bend ,o toward ,j2 gum ,n to ,o and ,m to ,o and cut off the portion of ,o that projects beyond ,m and ,n4 ,a piece of paper1 painted to represent slates1 can be gummed over the roof1 so that it projects slightly1 as in ,fig4 #ga4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #gc ,a simpler way of fastening the tower together is to gum ,o to ,j1 ,m ,l and ,n ,k standing upright as in ,fig4 #gb4 ,a ,windmill can be made in the same way4 ,the sails are made as described in the match-box windmill 7,fig4 #ig74 ,a ,lighthouse 7,fig4 #gc74 ,take an oblong piece of paper1 about #h-a_/b inches by #f inches4 ,fold down each shorter edge for #a_/b inch and cut the flanges as described in the case of the bucket 7,fig4 #ef74 ,bend the flanges inward1 curve the paper round and gum together to form the body of the lighthouse4 ,cut two squares of paper1 one smaller than the other1 gum the smaller one ,a to the flanges at the top of the cylinder2 colour ,b blue and gum it to the flanges at the bottom4 ,make a small lantern1 as in ,fig4 #ea1 to fit the top of the lighthouse4 ,in this case it is better to gum the triangular tops of the lantern together4 ,the door1 windows and staircase should be drawn and the lighthouse coloured grey before fastening the cylinder together4 ,,chapter ,v ,,match-,,box ,,toys ,many simple and effective toys can be made from match-boxes4 ,the great advantage of these toys is that the children can readily supply the materials themselves4 ,in every case the toys explained here have been made by young children1 whose ages vary from four to seven4 ,the materials used are match-boxes1 matches1 paper of different kinds1 white1 brown1 coloured1 and cardboard1 while in some toys corks and silver paper have been introduced4 ,for sticking paper on to the boxes1 gloy or vegetable glue is suitable1 but when matches have to be fastened into or on to the boxes it is best to use liquid glue or seccotine4 ,some of the toys can be made more effective by colouring them with crayons4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #gd ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ge ,a ,canoe4 ,to make the canoe 7,fig4 #gd7 the inside portion of the match-box is gummed to a piece of stiff paper or cardboard pointed at each end4 ,strips of paper gummed to the sides of the box form the seats4 ,the paddle 7,fig4 #ge7 is made of a match1 to the ends of which paper discs are gummed4 ,to get these circles the children can use farthings and draw round them4 ,the paddle and the seats can be coloured with brown crayons4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #gf ,a ,kayak4 ,for the kayak 7,fig4 #gf7 a piece of paper is measured to fit over the box2 it is doubled in half and a small hole cut in it1 then gummed to the sides of the box4 ,a ,motor-car 7,fig4 #gg74 ,the car consists of a match-box without the cover4 ,the seats are of white paper4 ,the following them measure and cut a piece of paper1 ,a ,b ,c ,d1 that will just cover the box from side to side1 making bends a c and b d where the edges of the box come4 ,fold paper into four as in ,fig4 #gh4 ,cut along e f1 and cut off the shaded portions and fold as in ,fig4 #gi4 ,gum the parts ,g and ,m to the side of the box4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #gg ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #gh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #gi ,wheels for all match-box toys are made from stiff paper or cardboard1 the circle being drawn from a farthing1 or1 where larger wheels are necessary1 from a halfpenny4 ,the spokes are drawn on the wheels4 ,these can either be gummed to the sides of the match-box1 or1 if holes are made in the wheels1 they can be fastened to each end of a match1 which is then glued to the bottom of the box4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #hj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ha ,a ,house or ,barn4 ,from the covers that are left1 after making the canoe and the motor-car1 a house or barn can be made 7,fig4 #hj74 ,one cover is cut open and the top bent back as in ,fig4 #ha4 ,a portion of the second cover is cut off 7,fig4 #hb74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #hb ,side ,a is then gummed to ,b1 and ,c ,d is fastened to ,e ,f by means of a piece of folded paper covering the whole of the roof4 ,this paper is double the size of ,c ,d ,h ,g 7,fig4 #hb71 is coloured grey or blue to represent slates1 and folded along the middle4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #hc ,a ,sentry-box4 ,this is an easy toy to make4 ,the children will notice that one end of a match-box is double--that is1 one piece of wood overlaps the other4 ,if they unfasten these and bend them out they form the roof of the sentry box 7,fig4 #hc74 ,a piece of paper can be pasted behind to fill up the hollow4 ,the toy looks more effective if covered entirely with brown paper4 ,a soldier can be cut out of paper1 coloured and gummed to the bottom of the box4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #hd ,a ,castle4 ,a castle can be made from the cover4 ,a piece of paper is cut to fit round it1 doors and windows are marked on it with pencil or crayon1 and one edge is cut to represent battlements 7,fig4 #hd74 ,the flagstaff is a match glued inside4 ,a larger castle can be made by fastening two or more covers together4 ,a ,jack-in-the-box4 ,these toys are so simple that the diagrams almost explain themselves4 ,in the case of the ,jack-in-the-box the children like to decorate the half-opened match-box with coloured paper4 ,the little figure is made of bits of wool1 a piece of cotton is tied round the neck and put through a hole in the top1 a match is tied to the cotton to prevent it slipping back2 another piece of cotton tied to the waist of the doll pulls it down 7,fig4 #he74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #he ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #hf ,a ,belfry4 ,in the belfry the back of the box at ,a has been cut out1 the bell is made of paper or cardboard1 covered with silver paper 7,fig4 #hf74 ,a match stick is passed through a hole in the bell1 and gummed to each side of the box4 ,another match is gummed to the bell1 and a piece of cotton attached for ringing4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #hg ,a ,van 7,fig4 #hg74 ,the van is made from the inside of a match-box2 the cover is of brown paper gummed inside the sides of the box4 ,the seat is also of brown paper1 while one end is bent back for the flap of the waggon4 ,the shafts are made of matches4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #hh ,a ,milk-cart 7,fig4 #hh74 ,the can is a cork covered with silver paper1 which is used to cover chocolates1 etc4 ,the paper can be screwed into a little knob at the top4 ,in ,fig4 #hh the wheels are the same size4 ,two are fastened to a match for the axle1 which is then glued underneath the box2 the third wheel is glued between two matches1 which are fastened underneath the box4 ,in ,fig4 #hi the side wheels are larger and a cardboard set of shafts is made for the small front wheel4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #hi ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ij ,fig4 #ij shows the shape of these shafts4 ,the shaded portion is bent at right angles to the shaft and glued under the box4 ,the small wheel can be gummed between these shafts1 or1 if the shafts are fastened on with a space between them1 and holes made in each end1 a piece of match stick1 on which the small wheel is mounted1 can be passed through the holes4 ,a match is glued across the back of the box 7,fig4 #hh7 to form the bar by means of which the cart is pushed along4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ia ,a ,field ,gun4 ,fig4 #ia shows how the match-box is cut4 ,the gun is made from a roll of brown paper4 ,a piece #d or #e inches square is large enough4 ,yellow bands can be chalked round the cannon4 ,the wheels are made of circular discs1 the size of a penny4 ,shots can be made from silver paper1 or from plasticine4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ib ,a ,field ,gun and ,limber4 ,the gun in ,fig4 #ib is mounted somewhat differently4 ,a is one-third of a match-box cover1 with one narrow side cut away1 covered with dark grey paper2 two holes are made in it opposite each other2 the gun has a match or piece of cane passed through it1 and the ends of the match or cane pass through the holes in ,a4 ,b is a piece of cardboard or stiff paper shaped as in diagram3 the shaded portion is gummed underneath ,a4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ic ,the ,limber 7,fig4 #ic74 ,this is made from a match-box 7,c71 covered with dark grey paper and fitted with a cardboard cover ,e1 similarly coloured4 ,match sticks1 coloured black1 form the shots4 ,the handle consists of two match sticks1 or two strips of cardboard1 glued together4 ,the wheels must be the same size as those for the gun4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #id ,a ,porter's ,truck4 ,this is made from a box of which three sides have been cut away 7,fig4 #id74 ,it can be covered with brown paper1 and matches can be glued across it4 ,the handles are of matches1 the legs of stiff paper fastened to the bottom4 ,the children can make little paper parcels and boxes to put on the truck4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ie ,a ,sweep's ,barrow4 ,the figure 7#ie7 shows how the match-box is used4 ,a bundle of matches tied together represents part of the sweep's outfit4 ,the broom is made from a roll of paper1 the ends of which have been cut into a fringe4 ,the broom and matches can be darkened with crayons or ink4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #if ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ig ,a ,windmill 7,fig4 #if74 ,prepare the inside of a match-box as described in the case of the sentry-box1 and place it inside its cover1 securing it with a little gum4 ,paste a piece of paper in front to hide the hollow4 ,the sails of the windmill are made of brown paper1 cut as in ,fig4 #ig1 and gummed to strips of cardboard which form the framework of the sails4 ,the whole can then be fastened to the box by a paper-clip4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ih ,to make the ,sails turn4 ,bore two holes through the windmill2 round a match stick by rubbing it with sand-paper2 glue the sails to one end of it1 pass it through the holes and glue a circle of cardboard to the other end to prevent it slipping back4 ,fig4 #ih shows a more complicated but very effective way of making the sails4 ,the paper is cut along the dark lines and bent back along the dotted lines4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ii ,a ,tram-car 7,fig4 #ii74 ,for this toy two insides of match-boxes are needed4 ,the children could cut and gum to one box a piece of cardboard ,a ,b4 ,then into this box are gummed six matches of the same length4 ,while these are drying the wheels can be made and the top prepared4 ,the top is a box turned over with a piece of paper gummed round the edge4 ,the paper should be coloured yellow4 ,the projecting paper forms the rail round the top of the car4 ,when the matches are quite firm the inverted box is placed over them4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ajj ,a ,church 7,fig4 #ajj74 ,this is made from a combination of the barn or house and the castle4 ,a strip of paper can be gummed along both sides to keep the two parts together4 ,a ,match-box ,train 7,fig4 #aja74 ,the engine is a match-box turned upside down1 to which is gummed a cork covered with red or green paper4 ,the broad end of the cork has been sand-papered to make it more equal to the other end4 ,the funnel is a piece of cardboard blackened and inserted into a slit in the cork4 ,half a match-box glued to the cork forms the cab4 ,the coal tender is a match-box on wheels2 a piece of brown paper can be pasted round one end to form the back and the sides4 ,the simplest way of making a carriage is to fold a piece of paper into three1 mark on it the door and the windows and gum it to the inside of the box4 ,for this piece of paper the children can get the measurements from the match-box4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aja ,in order to make a long carriage like a real train a child suggested gumming two match-boxes together1 end to end4 ,when a long train was complete the children at once wanted to make a station 7,fig4 #ajb74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ajb ,for this purpose two or three match-box covers can be fastened together by covering them with white paper 7marked to represent the boards of a platform7 and gumming them to a piece of cardboard1 ,a ,b ,c ,d4 ,the paper must be left long enough at each end to be gummed to the cardboard and form the slopes of the platform4 ,the waiting-room or shelter is a match-box gummed to platform as in diagram1 with a triangular piece of paper pasted behind to form a roof4 ,a seat can be pasted inside4 ,the name of the station1 signals1 and a signal-box 7a half-opened match-box standing on end7 can be added4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ajc ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ajd ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aje ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ajf ,a ,railway ,bridge4 ,gum two sets of four match-box covers together as ,a and ,b in ,fig4 #ajc4 ,next1 take a half-opened match-box 7,c in ,fig4 #ajd71 gum cover securely to box1 turn it upside down and to it gum cover ,d1 and to this1 half a cover ,e4 ,fasten this to ,a by strips of paper gummed on each side 7see shaded part in ,fig4 #aje74 ,b has a similar arrangement fastened to it4 ,these portions form the two sides of the bridge1 but the steps so obtained are too high and extra paper steps must be made4 ,for each of these take a piece of stiff paper ,l ,m ,n ,o 7,fig4 #ajf74 ,l ,m equals width of match-box2 ,m ,o equals three times thickness of box4 ,fold in three along ,t ,u and ,r ,s2 fold ,l ,u and ,t ,s in halves and bend paper to form steps4 ,l ,q is gummed to ,a and ,r ,o to ,e4 ,repeat for each intermediate step4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ajg ,next cut a piece of cardboard the width of the match-box and long enough to leave a suitable distance between the two ends of the bridge to allow the match-box train to pass through1 or two trains to pass each other4 ,gum this to the top of ,a and ,b 7,fig4 #ajg74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ajh ,next cut a piece of paper ,f ,g ,h ,j to fit across both parts of the bridge and to project to form railings or a wall1 cut out the archway1 colour to represent stones or bricks1 and gum to bridge2 cut and colour a similar piece for the other side 7,fig4 #ajh74 ,,chapter ,,vi ,,more ,,complicated ,,match-,,box ,,and ,,cork ,,toys ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aji ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aaj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aaa ,a ,paddle-wheel ,steamer 7,fig4 #aji74 ,the cover of a match-box1 ,a ,b ,c ,d1 is covered on top and bottom with two pieces of stiff paper or cardboard pointed at both ends 7,fig4 #aaj74 ,a long strip of paper is cut1 ,e ,f ,g1 etc41 and fastened round the cover and projecting cardboard4 ,the box is gummed on to ,a ,b ,c ,d4 ,the funnel is made of a roll of red paper 7,fig4 #aaa74 ,the mast is a roll or strip of paper gummed to inside of box4 ,the wheels are strips of paper held together by a paper-fastener1 the paper being bent sideways4 ,the paper-fastener clips the wheel to the side of the box4 ,a piece of cotton-wool can be put into the funnel for smoke4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aab ,a ,castle and ,drawbridge 7,fig4 #aab74 ,a and ,b are match-boxes1 with the shorter sides cut off1 gummed to a square piece of cardboard 7#d-;inch side74 ,along the bottom of these a piece of blue paper is gummed to represent the water in the moat4 ,c ,d ,f ,e is a piece of paper with archway cut out1 gummed to sides of boxes ,a and ,b1 and behind this are gummed match-box covers ,g and ,h4 ,the drawbridge is a piece of stiff paper hinged to ,c ,d1 and has match sticks gummed across it4 ,holes are made in the bridge and wall through which pieces of thread are passed2 the ends behind the drawbridge are fastened to a match4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aac ,k is a box turned upside down and gummed to ,g1 ,h4 ,l and ,m are covers forming a passage from drawbridge4 ,the castle can be enlarged by adding more boxes4 ,a ,lighthouse 7,fig4 #aac74 ,this toy is made from two corks gummed together and fastened to the cover of a match-box which is gummed to a square of cardboard covered with blue paper4 ,round the box1 paper1 cut and coloured to represent rocks1 is pasted and paper steps are fastened to one edge4 ,into the top cork four pieces of matches are inserted and between them is placed a small roll of red paper4 ,a small piece of paper with four holes in it is placed on top of the matches4 ,the corks can be coloured grey1 and windows and doors painted on them4 ,the top cork must be filed to fit the lower one1 and its upper end filed to make it narrower4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aad ,an ,airship 7,fig4 #aad74 ,the airship is made from three corks glued together1 the thickest cork being in the middle4 ,matches are inserted at each end4 ,four matches are inserted into the corks and their other ends glued into a match-box4 ,a piece of black thread is fastened to the matches as shown in the diagram4 ,matches and corks can be coloured dark grey4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aae ,a ,bristol ,biplane 7,fig4 #aae74 ,a ,b1 ,c ,d are two strips of paper1 in length about four times the length of a match-box1 in width nearly three-quarters the length of a match-box4 ,these are fastened together by match sticks1 as shown in the diagram4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aaf ,e ,f is cut from a piece of paper as long as ,a ,b and about the width of a match-box4 ,this paper is doubled along ,e ,f and marked and cut out as in diagram 7,fig4 #aaf72 then unfolded and pasted on the bottom of a match-box 7,g71 to which four small cardboard wheels are pasted4 ,a ,b ,c ,d is then gummed along the back of the box ,g at right angles to ,e ,f4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aag ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aah ,a ,bird-cage 7,fig4 #aag74 ,this is made of two small squares of cartridge paper fastened together by matches1 as shown4 ,when making the holes the two pieces of paper should be placed together4 ,a piece of cotton is fastened to the matches so that the cage may be hung up4 ,a bird for the cage is made from a small cork1 as in ,fig4 #aah4 ,the legs are two halves of a match2 the tail must touch the ground in order that the bird may stand4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aai ,a ,travelling ,menagerie 7,fig4 #aai74 ,cages are made from match-boxes4 ,the box is mounted on wheels1 match sticks are glued inside the box1 and a piece of paper with holes in it is fitted to the tops of the matches4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #abj ,animals are cut out of paper and coloured4 ,if these animals are cut from a folded piece of paper 7,fig4 #abj7 they will stand4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aba ,the various cages can be harnessed to horses4 ,a caravan to accompany the menagerie is shown in ,fig4 #aba4 ,a piece of paper folded in three is gummed to the inside of a match-box4 ,on the sides windows are marked1 and a round paper chimney is gummed to the top4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #abb ,a ,fire-escape 7,fig4 #abb74 ,the ladder is made from two narrow strips of cardboard2 holes are made in these and match sticks inserted4 ,the ends of the matches should be slightly filed or sand-papered4 ,b is a match-box1 one end1 ,c1 of which is bent forward4 ,to this end strips of cardboard1 ,c ,d1 ,e ,f are gummed1 and across them other strips1 ,f ,d and ,g ,h4 ,wheels can be gummed on as in the figure4 ,l and ,m are cardboard strips gummed to box and ladder to help to keep it in position4 ,thread could be attached as shown in diagram1 and an additional ladder made to stand between ,l and ,m4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #abc ,a ,mangle4 ,a is a match-box turned upside down to which are gummed two corks which have been filed to make them perfect cylinders 7,b and ,c in ,fig4 #abc74 ,the two corks are gummed together and a strip of paper ,e is bent round them1 gummed to their flat ends1 and also to the sides of the match-box as at ,f4 ,k and ,h are pieces of cardboard shaped as in diagram and marked to imitate the iron legs of a mangle4 ,these pieces are gummed to the inner sides of the match-box to form the legs4 ,g is a circle of cardboard 7on which spokes should be marked7 fastened as shown in diagram2 to this a cardboard or match handle1 ,l1 is attached4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #abd ,a ,submarine 7,fig4 #abd74 ,a1 ,b1 ,c are corks filed to the shapes shown in ,fig4 #abd1 and glued together4 ,e ,f is a piece of cardboard1 narrow and pointed at each end1 gummed to the corks4 ,before fastening it on holes should be made in it round the edge4 ,through these small pins are put and pushed into the corks to form a railing1 and round them a piece of black cotton is tied4 ,g is a small cork1 or a part of a large cork made small by filing1 gummed to ,e ,f2 a match1 ,h1 is inserted to represent the periscope4 ,pins are inserted round ,g with black cotton tied round them4 ,the corks1 cardboard and matches should be coloured grey4 ,older children can make this submarine so that it will float4 ,the corks ,a1 ,b1 ,c must be fastened together by pieces of wire passing through them4 ,the deck is made by filing the corks flat along the top1 ,e ,f1 and pins are inserted around it4 ,cork ,g is fastened to ,b by a pin4 ,a narrow strip of lead is cut and pointed at each end1 these ends are bent at right angles and are inserted into slits in ,a and ,b4 ,this submarine will float well1 and makes a very effective little toy4 ,it could be painted with grey enamel4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #abe ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #abf ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #abg ,a ,barrel ,organ4 ,figs4 #abe1 #abf1 #abg show how a barrel organ can be made from a cork and match-box cover4 ,a is a match-box cover1 a cork2 ,b1 is made a perfect cylinder by means of sand-paper1 and gummed to side of cover4 ,it is kept in its place by a piece of paper1 ,c ,d ,e1 which is gummed to cover and also to the cork4 ,wheels ,f and ,g are gummed to the sides or made to revolve on axles as described in ,chapter ,,ii4 ,the handle ,k is made of a match stick and bent piece of cardboard4 ,support ,h and handles are made of cardboard4 ,note that the piece of paper ,c ,d ,e reaches nearly to the ground4 ,this prevents the toy from overbalancing4 ,paper1 etc41 must be suitably coloured4 ,the match-box cover might have brown paper pasted round it4 ,,chapter ,,vii ,,cork ,,animals ,,harnessed ,,to ,,sledges1 ,,etc4 ,for these toys plenty of corks are necessary1 and files or sand-paper2 also some pointed instrument1 a long nail or bradawl1 for making holes in the corks4 ,four of them are shown in ,plate ,,iii4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #abh ,horse and ,cart4 ,gum wheels 7size of penny7 and matches for shafts on the match-box as in ,fig4 #abh4 ,file or sand-paper a cork quite smooth and round the edges4 ,cut a horse's head out of cardboard and colour it1 make a slit with a knife in the widest part of the cork1 insert the horse's head1 insert the tail and four matches for legs4 ,gum a piece of paper on the horse's back1 turn up and gum the ends of a paper strip to form loops for shafts to go through4 ,these shafts can be gummed into the loops or fastened by thread or paper to a collar round the horse's neck4 7,this latter way is difficult for little children47 ,the collar is cut out of paper4 ,a piece of thread can be put through a hole in the horse's mouth for reins4 ,paper seats may be added to the cart4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #abi ,a ,coster's ,donkey ,barrow can be made in the same way1 by substituting a donkey's head and cutting the box as in ,fig4 #abi4 ,the van described in ,chapter ,v might be harnessed to a horse4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #acj ,russian ,sledge4 ,to make the sledge cut two runners out of brown paper 7as ,a in ,fig4 #acj71 and gum on each side of a match-box4 ,make two brown-paper seats1 ,c1 ,d1 and gum on4 ,cut part of the cover of a match-box as in ,fig4 #aca to form the back of the sledge1 ,b4 ,gum a brown-paper hood round this4 ,a narrow strip of brown paper1 ,e1 is bent and fastened on as in diagram4 ,a match or piece of cane1 ,f1 is gummed in front of the box1 and to this the horses are harnessed4 ,the horses are made as already described4 ,a piece of silk or thread is looped round their necks and gummed under the straps of the outside horses1 then tied to match stick1 ,f4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aca ,this toy and some of those following will be found very useful to illustrate geography lessons4 ,a ,reindeer ,sledge 7,fig4 #acb74 ,make the reindeer as the other animals4 ,for the sledge the bottom of a match-box1 ,a1 and a piece of brown paper are needed4 ,the brown paper should be in length one and a half times the length of the match-box and broad enough to wrap round a match-box and cover every side except one narrow side4 ,fold the paper in two along ,c ,b4 ,draw the runners on the doubled paper and cut out as in ,fig4 #acc4 ,cut the straps ,e ,o and ,g ,p along the top ,k ,f and ,l ,h2 double them along ,m and ,n4 ,gum ,m ,k ,f and ,n ,l ,h to the bottom of the match-box1 ,a4 ,do the same on the other side2 pieces ,m ,k ,f1 etc41 may be cut shorter for convenience in gumming4 ,a piece of brown paper forms the back1 ,d 7,fig4 #acb74 ,finally1 a piece of paper just the size of the match-box can be pasted over ,a to make the sledge look tidy4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #acb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #acc ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #acd ,the ,howdah on the elephant's back1 the next model1 is a simple one1 though difficult for some little fingers4 ,a is a little paper case1 in which four halves of matches are glued1 a square piece of paper with a little fringe cut round is gummed on the top 7,fig4 #acd74 ,south ,african ,trek waggon 7,fig4 #ace74 ,this is made from two match-box covers1 ,a and ,b1 fastened together by a strip of paper2 two match-boxes1 ,c and ,d1 are gummed to the top2 part of one box1 ,d1 is cut away as in the figure4 ,a strip of brown paper must be gummed along ,a and ,b1 and a piece along the bottom of boxes ,c and ,d2 the outsides of ,c and ,d may be left their ordinary blue colour4 ,a piece of bluish-grey paper1 ,e1 is folded in three and gummed inside the sides of boxes ,c and ,d1 as in figure2 three or four divisions should be pencilled on each paper side4 ,the wheels are cut out of cardboard--the large wheels should be somewhat larger than a penny1 the small wheels a little smaller--these are gummed to the sides4 ,f is a strip of brown paper1 through which a piece of thread passes to fasten the waggon to a stick1 ,g1 gummed across the oxen's backs2 this can be fastened to a stick1 ,h1 and so on4 ,five pairs of oxen should be yoked to the waggon in this way4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ace ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #acf ,an ,irish ,jaunting-car 7,fig4 #acf74 ,this toy is made from one match-box4 ,first two cardboard wheels are cut out4 ,these are gummed on each side of the match-box cover as in ,fig4 #acg4 ,the box is then cut in half 7,fig4 #ach7 and each half gummed to the cover1 e4g4 ,e ,f ,g ,h 7,fig4 #ach7 is gummed to ,a ,b ,c ,d 7,fig4 #acg74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #acg ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ach ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aci ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #adj ,two pieces of brown paper are bent as in ,fig4 #aci1 and gummed on1 ,l ,m ,n ,o to ,h ,g ,j ,k1 to form foot-rests4 ,a piece of paper bent as in ,fig4 #adj and gummed on to the front closes up the hollow cover and forms the back of the driver's seat4 ,a similar piece without the top1 ,p1 is gummed to the other end4 ,before putting on the seat the top may be covered with coloured paper1 to represent the upholstered part of the car4 ,shafts of cardboard or cane are cut out and gummed underneath the seat to the cover and a cork horse is harnessed to them4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ada ,a ,mexican ,cart with ,ox ,team4 ,a match-box is cut as shown in ,fig4 #ada4 ,two pieces of narrow cardboard are cut the length of the box2 holes are made in these and four matches are inserted in each4 ,these matches are then glued inside the sides of the box4 ,illustration3 ,,cork ,,animals ,illustration3 ,,plate ,,iii ,,noah',s ,,ark ,while these matches are drying the wheels can be made4 ,the wheels are very large 7the diameter nearly equal to the length of the box72 they must be shaded to represent solid wood4 ,two strips of cardboard1 ,a and ,b1 are gummed on as in the figure4 ,a strip of brown paper gummed underneath the box forms the shaft1 which can be gummed or tied to a match lying across the oxen1 just behind their horns4 ,this match is tied to the horns2 this is the correct way of harnessing oxen4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #adb ,a ,donkey with ,panniers4 ,the panniers can be made of brown paper1 in the same way as the mug described in ,chapter ,,iv2 they are gummed to a strip of paper1 which can be fastened to the donkey's back 7,fig4 #adb74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #adc ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #add ,a ,persian ,method of ,travelling4 ,the bottoms of the panniers1 ,x and ,y 7,fig4 #adc71 are made from a small square of paper folded and cut as in ,fig4 #add4 ,a is gummed on ,b and ,d on ,c2 ,h on ,g and ,e on ,f4 ,the hood is made of a piece of brown paper gummed inside the paper boxes ,x and ,y4 ,the panniers can be gummed to a strip of paper1 the middle of which is gummed to the donkey's back4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ade ,an ,eskimo ,sledge 7,fig4 #ade74 ,the sledge is made of a match-box turned upside down2 one end1 ,a1 is bent back as in diagram2 the other end1 ,b1 is cut in half1 bent outward and shaped as in diagram4 ,a match1 ,c1 is glued to the ends1 and to this is tied the thread that harnesses the dogs4 ,a team consists of twelve dogs4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #adf ,a ,seal can be made from a cork as in ,fig4 #adf1 and placed on the sledge4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #adg ,a ,belgian ,milk-cart 7,fig4 #adg74 ,two pieces of cardboard1 ,a1 are gummed inside a match-box2 cover the box with paper1 colour it green and mark as in the figure4 ,small corks should be filed to resemble milk cans4 ,the carts generally contain six1 three large and three small cans2 they are yellow in colour4 ,two pieces of cane1 or two match sticks1 ,d and ,c1 are glued under the cart for shafts2 the ends are slipped through pieces of looped paper gummed to the backs of the dogs4 ,a piece of string tied to the ends of the shafts and round the dogs fastens them to the cart4 ,the dogs are grey1 and one is often smaller than the other4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #adh ,russian ,dog ,sledge 7,fig4 #adi74 ,this is made from a piece of paper folded along ,c ,d 7,fig4 #adh72 draw the sledge and cut out as in the diagram2 bend along ,k ,l ,m4 ,when opened out the sledge appears as in ,fig4 #adi4 ,runners ,a ,b and ,e ,f are fastened together by strips of paper4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #adi ,a seat may be gummed over ,g and ,h4 ,a piece of thread attached as in the figure harnesses the sledge to five dogs1 made of corks4 ,,chapter ,,viii ,,more ,,cork ,,toys ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aej ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aea ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aeb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aec ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aed ,cork ,boats4 ,besides the submarine described in ,chapter ,,vi1 many other boats can be made from corks1 all of which will float well4 ,the corks are joined together by pieces of wire passing through the middle4 ,for the keel cut a narrow strip of lead 7not more than #a_/d inch wide72 point both ends1 bend them up at right angles as in ,fig4 #aej2 make slits in the corks and push in the pointed ends of the lead4 ,the keel is made more secure by driving pins or thin nails through the lead and the corks4 ,the keel also helps to hold the corks firmly together and prevents them from slipping round on the connecting wire4 ,a ,steamer 7,fig4 #aea74 ,select three corks1 as uniform in size as possible4 ,cut and file part of their round surface quite flat as in ,fig4 #aeb4 ,shape the bow and stern4 ,the funnels are made of two small corks1 fastened by pins4 ,the masts consist of pieces of cane or thin sticks4 ,a ,sailing-boat4 ,a very pretty little sailing-boat can be made1 as in ,fig4 #aec4 ,the sails are of glazed lining4 ,the edges of this do not fray1 so the sails do not require hemming1 and as they must be as light as possible1 this is a great advantage4 ,the gaff1 ,a1 is tied with thread to the mast1 also the boom1 ,b2 both are pieces of cane1 to which the mainsail1 ,d1 is sewn4 ,the end of the boom is tied by cotton to a piece of wire at the stern1 shaped as in ,fig4 #aed4 ,care must be taken that the lead keel is exactly in the middle1 and that the sails and masts are not too heavy1 otherwise the boat will blow over on its side4 ,a ,paddle-boat4 ,two pieces of cork pinned on each side of the steamer and cut as in ,fig4 #aee1 or even left round1 make very realistic-looking paddle wheels4 ,other models1 such as a dreadnought1 a fishing smack1 etc41 are easily made4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aee ,a ,flying ,proa of the ,ladrones 7,fig4 #aef74 ,these boats are used chiefly in ,east ,indian waters4 ,they are remarkable for their speed4 ,bow and stern are equally sharp pointed4 ,one side of the proa is flat1 and in a straight line from bow to stern 7,fig4 #aeg71 but the other is rounded as in other vessels4 ,the outrigger prevents the boat from turning over4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aef ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aeg ,in the model the outrigger is made of a cork fastened to the side of the boat by match sticks or pieces of cane4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aeh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aei ,an ,eskimo ,canoe is very easily made by pointing the ends very sharply and hollowing out a hole in the centre 7,fig4 #aeh74 ,fig4 #aei shows an ,egyptian ,dahabieh4 ,for this boat it is better to use four corks1 as two sails are carried4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #afj ,in the ,double ,canoe 7,fig4 #afj7 the two boats are joined by a thin piece of wood1 ,a4 ,a slanting hole is drilled in ,a for the mast4 ,mast and yards are best made of cane4 ,these little boats look wonderfully effective on the water4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #afa ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #afb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #afc ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #afd ,cork ,wrestlers 7,fig4 #afe74 ,this is a very amusing toy and is very easily made4 ,cut and file two corks to the shape shown in ,fig4 #afa4 ,drill a hole through the shoulders 7a a7 and hips 7b b71 and flatten these for the limbs to work against4 ,the arms and legs are made of cardboard4 ,cut out the legs as in ,fig4 #afb and make holes in them4 ,pass a piece of stout wire through the hips and the holes in the legs and double the ends over1 so that the legs will not slip off1 but let them be loose enough to move freely4 ,in shaping the legs make them bend slightly at the knee1 as this makes the figures more life-like in their movements4 ,the arms must be cut out in pairs as in ,fig4 #afc4 ,make holes near the shoulders and one at c4 ,then fasten the arms to the body in the same way as the legs4 ,the heads are made of cork1 the eyes1 mouth1 etc41 being marked in ink4 ,cut a slit across the neck and one across the top of the body4 ,fasten the head to the body by inserting1 with the help of a pen-knife1 a strip of calico into both these slits1 so that the head is fairly close to the body 7,fig4 #afd74 ,the heads will move about as the figures wrestle4 ,paint the legs and arms4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #afe ,pass a piece of thread through the holes c4 ,hold one end of the thread steady and move the other about and you will cause the little figures to wrestle in a most life-like manner4 ,if it is necessary to make the figures heavier1 little pieces of lead may be glued to the feet4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aff ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #afg ,similar little wrestlers 7,fig4 #afg7 can be made from two wooden clothes-pegs 7,fig4 #aff74 ,cut the pegs in two along the dotted line4 ,the upper part forms the head and body of a wrestler1 and the lower parts are used for the legs4 ,drill holes through the bodies 7at ,a in ,fig4 #aff7 and through the legs at the thin ends2 fasten these to the body with wire4 ,for the arms two pieces of thin1 flat wood are necessary1 about #c inches in length4 ,bore holes at each end and in the middle1 shape them roughly with a pen-knife to represent the joined hands of the wrestlers4 ,fix these pieces to the bodies and work them as described in the case of the cork wrestlers4 ,swiss ,musical ,figures4 ,these amusing little toys were first invented by the ,swiss4 ,they are not musical in the sense that they produce any sound1 but they dance about to music when placed on a piano lid1 or on any flat surface which vibrates4 ,the figures should be small and light and are easily cut out from a cork4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #afh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #afi ,shape a cork as in ,fig4 #afh and hollow out the centre 7,a74 ,cut out arms and legs of thin cardboard4 ,fasten the legs to a piece of wire passing through the hollow in the cork 7,b ,c in ,fig4 #afh71 so that they hang loosely4 ,fasten the arms to the shoulders with wire4 ,make four tiny holes in the bottom rim1 ,e1 with a pin2 get some stiff bristles 7from an old clothes brush71 glue them into the holes and when firm cut them level1 so that the figure stands upright1 with the feet a little above the ground4 ,a head is then made of cork1 and a little dress and bonnet of paper added4 ,this little figure1 resting on the bristles1 is affected by the slightest vibration4 ,other figures1 such as a soldier1 a clown1 or animals1 such as a dancing bear or a monkey1 can be made on the same principle4 ,,chapter ,,ix ,,cardboard ,,and ,,paper ,,ships 7,,plate ,,iv7 ,an interesting series of ships can be made of cardboard and paper4 ,these ships can be used to illustrate the history lesson or to illustrate a lesson on the evolution of the ship4 ,materials4 ,cardboard of medium thickness 7thin cardboard will bend and thick is difficult to cut71 white paper--cartridge paper or ordinary exercise paper--and coloured paper or chalks1 scissors and pen-knife1 ruler4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #agj ,illustration3 ,,cardboard ,,and ,,paper ,,ships ,,schooner 7,part ,,ii1 ,chapter ,,xiv7 ,illustration3 ,,plate ,,iv ,,cardboard ,,and ,,paper ,,ships ,the ,viking ,ship 7,fig4 #agj74 ,give the children oblong pieces of cardboard1 ,a ,b ,c ,d1 about #h-a_/b inches by #b-a_/b inches4 ,a line1 ,e ,f1 drawn across the middle of the cardboard gives the top of the ship4 ,the ship is then drawn on the cardboard1 and the shaded part of the cardboard is cut away4 ,dragons' or serpents' heads are drawn on paper1 cut out and gummed on to the stern and prow 7as ,g and ,h72 a tongue cut from red paper can be added to each dragon4 7,the 'dragon ships' were1 as a rule1 the largest1 the 'serpent ships' being smaller and better adapted to sailing47 ,the mast is cut out of cardboard and gummed behind the ship2 the sail is cut out of paper and gummed to the mast4 ,the shields are cut out of cardboard and pasted along the sides4 ,the ship may be painted white1 blue1 red1 or any combination of colours2 the warriors' shields were also of different colours4 ,the sails were generally in coloured stripes1 blue and white or red and white4 ,masts brown4 ,for teachers who want to be historically accurate the following notes on the viking ship may be useful4 ,the viking ship 7from ninth century on-wards7 was clincher-built1 caulked with hair1 and iron fastened4 ,one ship we know to have been #gh feet long by #ae-a_/b feet of extreme breadth2 the ships varied in length from #ej to #aej feet4 ,they had from twelve to thirty-five seats for rowers4 ,generally both ends of the vessel were alike1 so that it could be steered from either end by the paddle1 which was used everywhere until the invention of the rudder4 ,standards and pennants were used1 and possibly the two-armed iron anchor 7for the ,romans used it71 so the children can cut out pennants and anchors for their ships4 ,children delight in naming their ships and should be given some of the 'real' old names to choose from4 ,these old names generally referred to the figure-head1 which was of wood or metal1 in the shape of the head of a dragon1 deer1 bird or other animal--e4g4 ,dragon1 ,serpent1 ,raven1 ,deer of the ,surf1 ,sea-king's ,deer1 ,horse of the ,sea1 ,sea-bird1 etc4 ,to support the boat two pieces of cardboard are cut and folded1 as ,n ,p ,o ,q 7,fig4 #aga74 ,the cardboard must be half cut with a pen-knife along the line ,r ,s1 so that it can be bent easily4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aga ,the portion ,n ,r ,p ,s is gummed to the back of the ship1 ,r ,s ,o ,q bent at right angles to ,n ,p ,r ,s forms the support1 with corner ,s ,t ,q cut off1 so that the ship tilts a little backward4 ,a ,phoenician ,warship1 #dhj ,b4,c4 7,fig4 #agb74 ,this is made1 as the viking ship1 from oblong ,a ,b ,c ,d2 pieces of paper1 ,e and ,f1 with railings drawn on them1 are gummed on each end2 a stern ornament1 ,g1 is cut out of paper and gummed at one end4 7,when a vessel was captured in olden days this was kept as a trophy47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #agb ,small circles are drawn along the side of the ship to represent the holes for the oars1 or holes may be made in the cardboard and matches or strips of cardboard passed through for oars4 ,a device of the sun 7common to ,carthaginian vessels7 should be drawn on the sail and prow4 ,the ship can be coloured in stripes yellow and red1 with one blue band near the top2 stern ornament red and yellow2 sail yellow with red sun4 ,the ships represented in ,fig4 #agc and in ,plate ,,iv are made in the same way4 ,in all these a piece of cardboard forms the foundation4 ,masts1 high funnels1 anything likely to bend1 should also be cut from cardboard1 but sails1 stern or prow ornaments1 railings1 flags1 etc41 are best cut out of paper4 ,by means of a needle and cotton1 rigging can be added to the ships4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #agc ,a ,tudor ,ship 7,fig4 #agc74 ,tudor ships are difficult1 because of their elaborate and lofty forecastle and poops4 ,a simplified one is shown in the figure4 ,this can be easily managed by the children if an oblong ,a ,b ,c ,d is given them1 divided into six parts lengthways1 or if the oblong ,e ,b ,f ,d is given them4 ,in the latter case the poop and forecastle are cut out of paper and gummed on separately4 ,the ship is coloured red1 yellow and blue1 the sails white4 ,the ship may be decorated with many flags4 ,the ,cunarder has red funnels1 with a black band at the top and two black lines underneath4 ,the ,super-,dreadnought should be coloured dark grey4 ,children will delight to make1 in a similar way1 a ,roman galley1 ,columbus' ,santa ,maria1 in which he discovered ,america1 the ,black ,prince1 in which ,sir ,philip ,sidney's body was carried to ,england1 ,britain's first ,ironclad1 etc4 ,instead of cardboard supports pieces of wood 7about #a_/d inch thick1 #a inch wide1 the length equal to that of the ship7 can be half sawn through along the middle line and the ship inserted in this slit2 or pieces of wood 7cubes7 may be glued to the back4 ,in the first case the surface of the wood should be painted blue to represent water4 ,,chapter ,x ,,cardboard ,,and ,,paper ,,toys ,,involving ,,use ,,of ,,ruler1 ,,set-,,square1 ,,scissors1 ,,and ,,knife ,materials4 ,the cardboard used should not be too thick2 medium thickness is best 7threepence a sheet74 ,almost any paper that is not too thin can be used for making hinges4 ,all kinds of cardboard boxes will be found of great use in making shops1 engines1 etc4 ,tools4 ,scissors with round points are safer for children to use1 though perhaps not quite so suitable for the work4 ,knives4 ,for little children the carton knife1 consisting of a small blade projecting not more than a quarter of an inch from the handle1 is the best1 as the smallness of the blade does much to prevent the children cutting their fingers4 ,for older children the ,london or ,leipsic pattern is suitable1 or they can use their pen-knives4 ,these can be sharpened quite well on an ordinary knifeboard4 ,rulers4 ,the non-slip safety ruler is the best4 ,it grips the paper well1 and the depression between the raised edges enables the children to hold it steady when cutting4 ,adhesives4 ,higgins' vegetable glue or seccotine4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #agd ,a ,pigeon-house 7,fig4 #agh74 ,on a piece of cartridge paper draw an oblong #h inches by #b inches1 and divide it into four squares 7,fig4 #agd74 ,on the top of each construct an equilateral triangle4 ,make a flange about #a_/d inch on the sides of the triangles1 as shown in ,fig4 #agd1 and on the sides of the squares4 ,cut and fold back the doorways4 ,fold and gum together4 ,flanges #a1 #b1 #c1 #d should be folded in4 ,draw and cut out a square1 side #b-a_/b inches 7,fig4 #age72 gum the house on to this4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #age ,for the post draw an oblong #h inches by #b-a_/b inches 7,fig4 #agg74 ,fold into five lengths 7#a_/b inch wide74 ,draw ,j ,k and ,l ,m #a_/b inch from the ends of oblong ,e ,f ,g ,h4 ,cut along the lines1 cut off the shaded portions1 and fold along the dotted lines4 ,gum the two outer portions over each other to make a four-sided post4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #agf ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #agg ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #agh ,for the base cut a square1 the side #c inches 7,fig4 #agf71 and to this gum the flanges at ,l ,m4 ,gum the house to the flanges at ,j ,k4 ,to make the top stronger1 a second square 7the side #b-a_/b inches7 can be cut2 the flanges at ,l ,m are gummed to this1 and then the house is fastened on4 ,other easily made farmhouse models are a hen-coop1 a barn1 a pigsty1 the farmhouse itself1 etc4 ,the ,noah's ,ark 7,plate ,,iii74 ,as this is a fairly large toy1 it is best made from separate pieces of cardboard hinged together by strips of paper4 ,if it is cut from one or two pieces1 the size of the cardboard is somewhat unmanageable4 ,the following ,noah's ,ark is of a suitable size for holding cork animals4 ,two pieces of cardboard are cut1 #h-a_/b inches by #d inches 7,fig4 #agi74 ,cut two other pieces1 #c-a_/b inches by #f inches4 ,mark and cut these out as ,a and ,c4 ,in one side1 ,a1 a door is cut4 ,a paper-fastener is put in to form the handle4 ,on the other sides windows may be drawn and coloured4 ,when fastening the pieces together the children must be very careful that the bend of the hinge is straight4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #agi ,fig4 #agi shows the pieces of the ,noah's ,ark hinged together4 ,the children will find it easier if they paste the hinges on ,a and ,c first and let them dry thoroughly2 then they can fasten ,a to ,b and ,c to ,b and ,d1 and lastly ,d to ,a1 but ,b must be firmly hinged to ,a before ,c is attached1 and so on with the other parts4 ,however1 there is plenty of work to be done while the children are waiting for the paste to dry4 7,in their eagerness to finish toys the children often want to paste or glue too many things together at once47 ,for the bottom of the ark a piece of cardboard1 #ac-a_/b inches by #e inches1 is cut and pointed at each end4 ,for the roof the children can get the measurements themselves4 ,the long side of the ark is #h-a_/b inches1 so that if the roof projects #a_/b inch on each side of this the length will be #i-a_/b inches4 ,they must measure ,e ,f 7,fig4 #agi72 this will be about #b-a_/b inches4 ,now1 the roof must cover ,e ,f and ,f ,g and project about a #a_/b inch beyond ,e and ,g1 so that the width of the roof must be #f inches4 ,therefore1 they must cut a piece of cardboard #i-a_/b inches by #f inches4 ,down the middle of this a half cut is made1 along which the cardboard is folded4 ,a stronger method is to cut the roof in half and hinge the two pieces together by a piece of paper cut and coloured to represent tiles2 thus the roof will open and shut easily without breaking4 ,the roof can be coloured or covered with blue paper4 ,when the body of the ark is complete1 it must be placed on to the bottom1 so that it stands in the middle4 ,two hinges on each long side will be sufficient to keep the ark steady1 but hinges can also be made for the shorter sides4 ,the hinges are more easily put on the outside1 but would look neater if fastened inside the ark4 ,one half of the roof is fastened by paper hinges to three sides of the ark2 the other half opens and shuts4 ,a strip of cardboard1 the width of the door1 is cut to form a gangway for the animals to enter the ark4 ,across this matches should be glued4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ahj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aha ,very effective animals can be made from corks1 as explained in ,chapter ,,vii4 ,easily made animals are the elephant1 camel1 giraffe1 horse and donkey4 ,the children will suggest other possible animals1 e4g4 a hedgehog1 or porcupine1 a small cork with pins stuck in it1 etc4 ,noah and his wife and children can be made from corks4 ,a cork is filed round the narrowest end to form the head 7,fig4 #ahj74 ,eyes1 mouth1 etc41 can be marked in ink4 ,round ,noah is pasted a piece of coloured paper to form a cloak1 open in front2 this1 with the help of match sticks for legs1 enables him to stand4 ,half matches form the arms4 ,a piece of round paper gummed to the head forms a hat4 ,noah's wife 7,fig4 #aha7 has a piece of coloured paper round her body to form a skirt1 on which she stands4 ,a ,dog ,kennel 7,fig4 #ahb74 ,this toy is made of either cardboard or stiff paper1 on lines similar to those of the ,noah's ,ark4 ,the bottom and the sides can be made from one piece1 #g-a_/b inches by #d inches 7,fig4 #ahc74 ,half cuts are made along ,h ,a and ,b ,c4 ,in fixing the front of the kennel it will be noticed that the bottom and the sides project beyond it4 ,the back portion can be fixed to coincide with the edges of the bottom and sides4 ,the roof can be measured and fixed as described in the ,noah's ,ark4 ,planks can be indicated by drawing lines across the sides and the roof4 ,the kennel may be fastened to two strips of wood1 ,y and ,x4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ahb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ahc ,a ,shop4 ,this can be made like the ,noah's ,ark1 except that the bottom will1 of course1 be a rectangle1 and one long side must be left open4 ,the children can turn cardboard boxes of different kinds into shops quite easily4 ,perhaps one of the easiest shops to make is the butcher's4 ,the inside can be covered with white paper1 upon which the children have drawn tiles in blue or green pencil4 ,a little paying-desk 7,fig4 #ahd7 can be made of brown paper and gummed to one of the walls4 ,tables can be made of cardboard1 or of wood if the children have begun woodwork4 ,joints of meat drawn on cardboard1 and coloured with red pencil1 look very realistic when cut out4 ,to hang these the children can hammer nails half way into a piece of stripwood and glue it to the wall4 ,the joints can be attached to the nails by pieces of string4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ahd ,other toys that can be made in a similar way from stiff paper or cardboard are castles1 houses1 a sentry-box4 ,a ,wheelbarrow 7,fig4 #ahh74 ,this toy is made of cardboard of medium thickness4 ,fig4 #ahe shows how the bottom and the sides are cut out from one piece4 ,half cuts are made along the dotted lines4 ,small holes are made at ,d and ,c for the axle of the wheel4 ,figs4 #ahf and #ahg show the two ends of the barrow4 ,before placing them in position a little seccotine should be put round their edges2 with the help of this and the slits they will be quite firm4 ,the wheel is about #g_/h inches in radius4 ,it is mounted on an axle made of a rounded match stick or piece of cane4 ,two small pieces of cork can be filed to the shape of ,e and ,f in ,fig4 #ahi1 and holes made through them4 ,they are then slipped on to the axle on each side of the wheel 7,fig4 #ahi7 to prevent the latter from wobbling4 ,the legs are made of strips of cardboard about #a_/d inch wide and #b-a_/b inches long 7,fig4 #aij74 ,a very slight half cut is made along the dotted line1 so that part of the leg1 ,k1 may be bent straight when ,h is gummed to the side of the wheelbarrow4 ,fig4 #aia shows another method of making the legs4 ,a half cut is made along the dotted line1 ,h is bent back at right angles to ,k and is gummed to the side of the barrow4 ,the slant of the dotted line is the same as the slant of the sides of ,a in ,fig4 #ahf4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ahe ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ahf ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ahg ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ahh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ahi ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aij ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aia ,this toy could also be made of three-ply wood with a fret-saw4 ,the sides and bottom would then have to be cut in three separate pieces4 ,,chapter ,,xi ,,simple ,,woodwork ,children as young as seven can begin woodwork1 but the little strength they possess for sawing makes it necessary to give them prepared wood1 called stripwood4 ,there is no need1 however1 to begin woodwork in too great a hurry1 so many are the toys which the children can make with match-boxes1 corks1 paper and files1 and the more familiar the child gets with his ruler and with simple measurements1 the better able he is to saw to advantage4 ,woodwork may well be postponed to the age of eight or nine1 then the child can begin to measure accurately and be introduced by degrees to the mysteries of set-squares1 try-squares and ,t-squares4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aib ,the following tools are necessary when beginning easy woodwork with children from seven to ten years of age2 other tools1 described in ,part ,,ii1 can be added as the children advance in age and in ambition3 #a4 ,bench-hooks1 against which children can press their strips of wood and hold them firmly4 ,a simple one is shown in ,fig4 #aib4 ,c is a piece of hard wood about #h inches square1 ,a is a strip of hard wood against which the child can hold her wood1 ,b is a strip of wood that presses against the table4 #b4 ,try-squares4 #c4 ,a brass-back saw with a blade about #f inches long4 #d4 ,a light hammer4 #e4 ,files--these are very cheap4 ,some must be round2 the others should be #h-;inch files1 #a_/b cut 7one safe edge74 #f4 ,bradawls 7or meat skewers74 #g4 ,a pair of pincers4 ,other materials required will be liquid glue1 sand-paper1 nails--useful ones are #c_/d and #a_/b veneer pins4 ,with regard to wood1 children as young as seven should be given prepared lengths 7schools are commonly supplied with the so-called satin walnut1 machine-planed1 see next chapter71 from which they can saw portions for making simple objects1 such as picture frames1 ladders1 gates1 objects which consist of different lengths of wood nailed across each other4 ,a word of advice is necessary with regard to sand-paper2 this varies in coarseness from ,no4 #jj to ,no4 #c1 every sheet being stamped4 ,it should never be used until all work with edged tools is finished1 as the particles of sand left on the surface dull an edged tool4 ,when using sand-paper on a flat surface it should be wrapped round a rectangular block of wood4 ,all corners should be left as sharp as they are left by the edged tools and rarely sand-papered4 ,lastly1 always sand-paper with the grain4 ,the bradawl varies in size or diameter of the steel shaft from #a_/af inch to #a_/h inch or #c_/af inch4 ,the legitimate purpose of the bradawl is to bore holes in wood so as to ensure the passage of a nail or screw in the right direction1 and to facilitate its entrance into the wood4 ,three words of advice might be remembered by teachers beginning woodwork3 7#a7 ,don't begin it too soon2 don't begin woodwork with children of seven and eight because others do2 wait until they are really ready1 until they have the necessary strength4 ,there is plenty for them to do in measuring and cutting out paper toys and toys of thin cardboard2 they will enjoy the woodwork the more when it comes4 7#b7 ,simple doll's furniture1 chairs and tables1 are not easy for the child to make4 7#c7 ,leave behind as soon as possible prepared stripwood and its everlasting gates1 railings1 bridges1 or picture frames4 ,suggestions for ,teachers who are beginning ,woodwork with their ,forms4 ,let the children measure out and cut a square of wood to support the merry-go-round1 make the stand for the swinging boats and great wheel 7,chapter ,,xiv74 ,make the ,noah's ,ark and dog kennel described in ,chapter ,x4 ,a very simple toy for beginners is a ,flat-bottomed ,boat4 ,a flat1 oblong piece of wood is marked out as in ,fig4 #aic1 the bow and stern are cut as indicated2 the three dots down the central line indicate the position of the masts4 ,these can be made of wooden meat skewers or of pieces of strip wood 7#a_/d #a_/d7 rounded toward the top4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aic ,nails are driven through the bottom of the boat so that they project about half an inch above the surface2 on to these points the masts are hammered1 having first had a little glue applied to the base2 nails are hammered carefully round the sides for railings1 with cotton intertwined4 ,funnels of red paper1 little squares of wood for cabins1 paper or cardboard lifebuoys and anchors1 a captain's bridge1 etc41 may be added 7see ,fig4 #aid74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aid ,children delight in tying thread from mast to mast 7a ridge must be filed round the tops of the masts to keep the cotton from slipping down7 and in decorating this thread with flags4 ,instead of nails1 stripwood 7#a_/d #a_/d7 may be glued or nailed along the sides1 and a piece of wood nailed over the bow 7,fig4 #aie74 ,these boats will float on water if they are not too heavily laden with cabins1 etc4 ,fig4 #aif shows a fishing-boat complete4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aie ,a reel will be found very useful as an anvil when driving the nails through the bottom of the boat to hold the masts4 ,the child should hold his piece of wood--through which he is driving a nail--in such a position that when the point comes through the wood1 the nail makes its passage down the hole in the middle of the reel4 ,as soon as the point has been driven through to a certain distance1 the child can lift up his wood and examine--and if need be correct--the direction of the nail before fixing on the mast4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aif ,hammering must be done with the hammer held with the hand well back from the head1 and each blow struck so that the flat face of the hammer falls exactly upon the head of the nail4 ,gentle but firm blows are necessary2 heavy blows are likely to bend the nails4 ,all bent nails should be at once drawn out4 ,,chapter ,,xii ,,materials ,nails4 ,the nails used in the making of the toys described in the following chapters are made of very fine wire1 with fine points4 ,the wire commonly used for such nails is #ag gauge1 but a finer gauge 7#ba7 is better for light woodwork1 for it does not split the wood so easily4 ,the nails vary in length from #a_/d inch to #b inches1 increasing by eighths of an inch4 ,the most useful sizes are veneer pins #a_/b inch in length and #c_/d inch in length4 ,panel pins have small heads4 ,liquid ,glue4 ,though this is dearer than ordinary glue 7it can be obtained in small bottles1 price #d-a_/b;d71 it is always ready for use1 and is not affected by exposure to the air1 except that it thickens and hardens from evaporation4 ,if spread thinly over the wood it holds the various pieces firmly together4 ,when fastening different pieces of wood together it is well1 whenever possible1 both to glue and nail them4 ,wood4 7#a7 ,satin walnut is one of the easiest woods to work1 and is adapted for a wide range of work1 but it is liable to warp and twist badly unless properly seasoned4 ,for handwork in school1 and for toy-making generally1 satin walnut machine-planed can be had in the following useful sizes4 ,they are supplied in lengths of #b feet and are done up in bundles of #ajj4 7a7 #b' #a_/d #a_/d about #bs4 #i;d4 per bundle4 7b7 #b' #a_/d #a_/b #cs4 7c7 #b' #a_/b #a_/b #cs4 #c;d4 7d7 #b' #a_/d #a #ds4 #b' #a_/d #d #is4 ,in the toys described in the following chapters satin walnut lengths 7a71 7b71 7c71 and 7d7 are referred to simply as stripwood4 7#b7 ,round dowel rods in beech or birch #c_/af inch to #g_/h inch diameter and #cf inches long are useful for axles and for the perches for the swinging animals1 etc4 ,these dowel rods cost #cs4 to #ajs4 per #ajj4 ,dowels are made by planing up a strip square in section1 then planing off the corners1 and finally the resulting eight corners4 ,they are now nearly round1 and can be made quite so by hammering them through a hole in a piece of hard wood or metal4 7#c7 ,sawn laths such as builders use are perhaps the cheapest material that it is possible to get4 ,these can be got from builders' and timber-merchants' yards at a cost of about #i;d4 to #as4 per bundle of #ajj4 ,each lath is #c' #f #a #c_/af4 7#d7 ,three-ply is composed of three thin layers of wood glued together under pressure4 ,the grain of the centre layer is laid at right angles to that of the other two1 so as to give additional strength and to avoid warping4 ,three-ply will not split easily and should be used for the jointed animals and swinging animals described in ,chapter ,,xx4 ,ply-wood is usually sold in thicknesses varying from #a_/h inch to #a_/d inch4 ,price of three-ply boards in large squares for cutting up3 #a_/h in4 thick1 #dg #ch1 #c_/d;d4 per sq4 foot4 #c_/af #ec #cd1 #a;d4 #a_/d #gb #dh1 #a-c_/d;d4 ,match ,stales4 ,these are sometimes useful in toy-making1 though ordinary matches that have been used generally serve as well4 ,match stales may be obtained from ,messrs ,bryant ,may's1 ,fairfield ,works1 ,bow1 ,e41 at #as4 per bundle 7about #aejj to the bundle74 ,these are supplied without brimstone1 #d-e_/h inches long1 and thicker than the matches in common use4 ,most of the wood so far described is prepared wood 7with the exception of builders' laths71 and is ready for use at once2 it has merely to be sawn to the right length or the right size4 ,but it is well to get the children away as soon as possible from dependence upon this prepared material and to encourage them to use waste material4 ,if there is a kitchen or tuck shop in connexion with the school this will supply the children with useful wooden and cardboard boxes of various sizes4 ,the wooden boxes in which ,fry's1 ,cadbury's1 etc41 chocolates are packed are most useful in toy-making4 ,the wood is easy to saw and fairly free from knots4 ,if no school kitchen or tuck shop exists a grocer1 for a few pence1 will supply a delightful collection of wooden boxes1 sweet-boxes1 soap-boxes1 boxes that have contained bovril1 etc4 ,the greater part of every wooden toy in this book has been made from materials such as these4 ,to avoid expense one should begin at once to collect useful boxes2 this adds to the enjoyment of toy-making4 ,a tobacconist will often give away his cigar-boxes1 the wood of which is a pretty brown colour and very useful4 ,unfortunately1 it is sometimes so thin that it is very liable to split4 ,it is difficult1 too1 to get the paper off some boxes1 and the children who resort to washing1 scrubbing1 and sometimes boiling 767 the wood do not improve it4 ,however1 all waste wood has to be prepared in some way2 generally the file and sand-paper will make it ready for use4 ,other materials that are invaluable to the toy-maker and should be carefully preserved are old broom handles1 reels1 and the round rods of various sizes that one often comes across4 ,lead plays an important part in many toys2 sheet lead can be bought in pennyworths2 lead buttons can also be bought4 ,chains are also useful 7for example1 in ,part ,,ii1 in the drawbridge1 the siege tower1 etc471 so toy watch chains or any odd pieces should be preserved1 as these chains look more effective than those made of wire4 ,very good chain can be bought from an ironmonger's--price1 #c;d4 a yard4 ,,chapter ,,xiii ,,some ,,difficulties ,,in ,,toy-,,making ,i4 ,gluing4 ,generally when pieces of wood are fastened together1 both glue and nails should be used2 the glue prevents the wood from revolving on the nails1 and the nails hold when sometimes a sudden jar will cause pieces of wood that are glued to separate4 ,however1 if glueing be well done1 it will serve well without nailing1 and it is often convenient to use glue only when making small toys or when adding a piece of wood to a delicate toy that will not stand the shock of the hammer4 ,to apply glue so that the pieces of wood that it fastens shall hold together permanently1 the following points should be borne in mind3 7#a7 ,the layer of glue should be so thin that the seam will scarcely be seen4 7#b7 ,the glue must be perfectly free from sawdust1 shavings1 etc41 and so must the wood4 7#c7 ,glue must be evenly and thinly applied to both the surfaces that are to be joined4 7#d7 ,the surfaces to be joined must be perfectly smooth4 7#e7 ,time must be given for the glue to dry4 ,children often want to touch too soon4 ,,ii4 ,nailing4 ,generally in nailing holes should first be made for the nail with a fine bradawl or drill4 ,the holes for the nails should be made just large enough to allow them to stand upright in them without being held4 ,the points or heads of nails that project should always be filed away4 ,,iii4 ,sand-papering4 ,a holder for sand-paper should be used1 as by simply holding the sheet in the fingers it is impossible to retain the perfect flatness of the surface4 ,a holder can be bought for twopence4 ,sand-paper should always be applied with a very light pressure1 lest it wear away the surface unequally4 ,,iv4 ,filing4 ,filing should be resorted to as little as possible4 ,avoid filing the sawn edges4 ,children often saw carelessly1 relying on the file to remedy defects4 ,the file1 however1 is useful when cutting discs1 to make the circle perfect4 ,round files are very useful in finishing off round holes and in enlarging them when required4 ,the sharp edges of triangular files can be used for making notches1 such as those in the deck-chair 7,part ,,ii1 ,chapter ,,iii74 ,v4 ,the ,making of ,wheels4 ,the child toy-maker often finds wheels somewhat of a problem4 ,there are1 however1 several ways of making or getting them4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aig 7#a7 ,small reels make good wheels for trams1 motor-cars or trains4 ,they require no sawing4 ,fig4 #aig shows how they are fastened on4 ,a is a block of wood glued and nailed on to the axle1 ,b ,c1 which is made of stripwood1 #a_/d #a_/d inch1 or #a_/b #a_/d inch2 the ends1 ,f ,b and ,g ,c1 are rounded so that the reels can revolve easily on them4 ,the bottom of the car is glued to the block4 ,the reels can be placed quite under the bottom of the car1 as in diagram1 or they can project4 ,for a train the wheels should be placed underneath4 7#b7 ,large reels may be sawn into several thicknesses4 ,these make excellent wheels1 but are very difficult to saw even with a mitre block4 ,it is hard to hold them steady and there is some danger of the children sawing their fingers4 7#c7 ,broom handles1 round rods1 etc41 are easily sawn up and make excellent wheels4 ,holes have to be drilled through them and enlarged with round file for the axle1 or a hole the right size can be made at once with the brace and bit4 7,for use of which see ,part ,,ii47 7#d7 ,wheels can be made with the brace and centre-bit4 ,the way for the centre-bit must be prepared by using a small-sized pin-bit4 ,the wood must be laid perfectly flat1 the brace and bit held perfectly perpendicular1 only a little pressure applied upon the knob and the crank turned slowly4 ,the boring must be done half way through from each side of the wood1 and this will liberate a disc of wood #a inch in diameter1 or #a-a_/d inch1 according to the size of the centre-bit4 7#e7 ,there is a little instrument sold called a circle-cutter 7price1 #bs471 designed for cutting small circular pieces of wood from satin walnut board4 ,it is so constructed that it will cut circles of any size up to #e inches in diameter4 ,this1 however1 is difficult for children to use4 7#f7 ,for large wheels or table-tops a circle can be drawn in a square1 the corners sawn off1 the obtuse corners sawn off again and then filed perfectly round4 ,this is rather a laborious method1 but quite successful4 ,holes can be made in the centre with a bradawl and enlarged with a round file4 7#g7 ,cardboard ,wheels4 ,wheels can be cut out of cardboard with scissors and pen-knife 7the latter is necessary only if the spokes are to be cut out74 ,if several cardboard wheels of the same size are gummed together1 a wheel strong enough for any toy in this book can be made4 ,the edges can be filed to make them perfectly even4 ,cardboard washers prevent the wheels from wobbling4 7#h7 ,the fret-saw 7see ,part ,,ii7 is very useful for making wheels4 7#i7 ,the wooden tops of gloy bottles make very good wheels indeed 7especially for motor-cars74 ,they are ready for use at once1 as they have a hole in the centre4 ,also the tin tops of ,le ,page's liquid glue make excellent small wheels2 a hole can easily be made in the centre by means of a hammer and a long nail or the pin stopper of a tube of seccotine4 7#aj7 ,wheels can be bought4 ,a sheet of four wheels costs a penny4 ,this is the least satisfactory course4 ,of the various ways of making wheels described above1 the methods best suited to little ones are 7#a71 7#c71 7#f71 7#g71 and 7#i74 ,the axles should be narrow strips of wood1 with the ends rounded4 ,round rods do not make good axles1 because they cannot be fastened securely to the bottom of the vehicle1 the nailing being a difficult matter for the children4 ,in fastening the axles to vans1 carts1 etc41 there is no need for block ,a 7,fig4 #aig72 the latter is only introduced when the wheels have to be under the vehicle2 in other cases the axle can be glued and nailed directly to the bottom4 ,colouring the ,finished ,toy4 ,a well-made toy is beautiful without paint1 which is often used merely to hide bad work and give a false appearance of finish4 ,children generally like the wooden toys1 which they have made1 uncoloured1 until the grown-up person suggests paint4 ,however1 some toys should be coloured2 for example1 the swinging animals described in ,chapter ,,xx4 ,if the wood has been well sand-papered water-colour paints can be used4 ,older children can use oil paints or penny tins of enamel4 ,but let the children realise the beauty of plain wood2 the drawbridge in ,part ,,ii is far more effective in white wood1 with the stones marked out in pencil or crayon1 than if painted4 ,,chapter ,,xiv ,,merry-,,go-,,round1 ,,swinging ,,boats1 ,,and ,,great ,,wheel ,a toy children delight to make is the ,merry-go-round 7,plate ,v74 ,it has been made successfully by children from six to twelve4 ,a square piece of stout cardboard 7#aj-;inch side7 forms the bottom2 this can be covered with brown paper or coloured paper4 ,a reel is glued in the middle4 ,into this reel a stick 7about #aa inches long7 is fastened securely4 ,another piece of cardboard is cut round 7diameter1 #aj inches71 and has a reel glued in the middle2 this reel fits on the top of the stick and must turn freely4 ,if the stick is square the top must be rounded to fit the reel4 ,a handle for turning the top can be made from a reel1 a piece of cork filed round or a piece of wood4 ,cork horses1 six or eight in number1 are made as described in ,chapter ,,vii4 ,paper bands of various colours are gummed round the middle of each horse4 ,these horses are fastened to the top disc by pieces of cane1 which may be gummed into the top disc1 or simply passed through the holes and bent over4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aih ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aii ,paper boys and girls can be cut out to ride on the horses4 ,they will sit on quite steadily if cut out as in ,fig4 #aii4 ,a piece of paper is folded in two along ,a ,b1 and a little sailor boy drawn2 the figure is cut out1 the two halves remaining joined along ,c ,d4 ,both sides should be suitably coloured4 ,the figure will be found to have four hands2 one raised one on one side1 and one lower one on the other1 should be cut away4 ,the heads are then gummed together4 ,when placed on horseback the sailor may have his arms folded round the cane4 ,little girls in sun-bonnets can be cut out in the same way4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bjj ,fig4 #aih shows a very simple merry-go-round made by a large class1 and more suited to the work of a large form than the first one described4 ,two square pieces of cardboard 7#c-a_/b-;inch sides7 form the top and bottom4 ,small reels are glued on as in the first merry-go-round4 ,four pieces of stout cane are pushed into holes in the top piece of cardboard1 and the bottom of each piece of cane is split so that it holds a horse cut out of paper4 ,the children themselves will think of various ways of altering and improving this toy4 ,fig4 #bjj shows how match-boxes may be hung round for cars2 match-boxes and horses may also be hung alternately4 ,the children delight in decorating the top of their merry-go-round and the stick with coloured paper4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bja ,older children 7nine to twelve7 like to make the bottom and top of wood2 in this case the top may be octagonal in shape4 ,the central pillar1 instead of being supported by a reel1 can then be fastened as in ,fig4 #bja1 by four triangular supports 7of which only two are shown74 ,swinging ,boats 7,plate ,,vi74 ,this is another simple and effective toy that little ones can make and play with4 ,the wooden stand can only be made by children of eight and older2 a simpler stand can have a cardboard bottom1 the supports being reels1 the posts stripwood 7#a_/d #a_/d71 sand-papered to fit reels1 and the cross-beam a strip of cardboard with holes in it4 ,the boats are match-boxes4 ,four strips of thick paper1 all equal in length 7a little longer than the match-box71 are cut out and gummed inside the box1 as ,a ,b1 ,c ,d1 etc41 in ,fig4 #bjb4 ,a match stick1 ,h1 passes through these strips of paper where they cross and projects on each side4 ,pieces of thread are tied to each end of the projecting ends4 ,these threads fasten the car to the cross-beam4 ,illustration3 ,,plate ,v ,a ,,merry-,,go-,,round ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bjb ,paper seats should be put in the box2 it can be covered with coloured paper1 and the strips ,a ,b1 ,e ,f1 etc41 either chalked or covered with coloured paper4 ,the children delight in making and decorating these swinging boats1 and then swinging little dolls4 ,a ,great ,wheel 7,plate ,,vi74 ,two circular pieces of cardboard are glued to a large reel2 four match sticks are fastened into holes opposite each other1 and to these match-boxes are attached1 as explained in the previous toy4 ,a round rod or wooden skewer passes through the reel and through two holes drilled in the wooden supports of the stand4 ,a slight touch will set the wheel spinning4 ,before putting the wheel together1 the sides may be painted4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bjc ,fig4 #bjc shows another possible shape for the top of the supports4 ,this hollow can be quite easily filed out with a round file4 ,older children might like to make a pulley1 as shown in ,fig4 #bjd1 by means of which the wheel can be turned4 ,the pulley wheels1 ,a and ,b1 are each made of three cardboard circles gummed together1 the inner one1 in both cases1 being of smaller diameter4 ,a is glued to axle ,f ,g4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bjd ,a smaller axle1 ,j ,h1 is fixed into a hole in the support lower down4 ,a hole is made in the wheel1 ,b1 into which a match is glued for a handle4 ,b must turn freely on the axle1 ,j ,h1 and is prevented from slipping off by a nail driven through the axle4 ,a small elastic band connects the two wheels4 ,,chapter ,,xv ,,flying ,,airships1 ,,gondolas1 ,,and ,,birds 7,,plate ,,vi7 ,these toys are made in a somewhat similar manner to the merry-go-round4 ,get a large reel 7diameter about #a-a_/b inches74 ,next saw a piece of stripwood1 ,a ,b1 #a_/d #a_/d #ab-a_/d4 ,glue and nail to the ends of this cross-pieces of the same stripwood1 #d-a_/b inches long4 ,make holes for nails with a fine drill1 otherwise the stripwood may split4 ,glue and nail ,a ,b across the top of the reel as in ,fig4 #bje4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bje ,cut two pieces of stripwood1 #a_/d #a_/d #f4 ,glue and nail cross-pieces #d-a_/d inches long to one end of each of these4 ,glue and nail them to the reel as in figure4 ,next glue and nail another large reel to the centre of a board about #d inches by #e-c_/d inches4 ,get a dowel rod that will fit the reels 7diameter about #a_/d inch71 or file the ends of a square stick to fit2 this central pillar should be about #ac inches high4 ,glue this pillar into the reel on the board and fit the other reel with the cross-pieces on the top of the pillar4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bjf ,the cars must next be made2 they will hang by two strings from the ends of the cross-pieces 7,fig4 #bjf74 ,grooves may be filed round the ends of the cross-pieces for tying the cotton1 or holes can be drilled in the ends before the cross-pieces are fastened on4 ,the cars are made of paper1 cardboard or wood4 ,fig4 #bjg shows the pattern of a car4 ,it should be #d-a_/b inches long and #b inches wide4 ,the dotted lines show where the paper is to be bent1 or in the case of cardboard half cut and bent4 ,the width of the bottom of the car is #b inches1 the roof #b-c_/d inches2 this allows for bending1 and makes a curved roof4 ,the doors can be made to meet if desired2 in this case each door will be #a inch wide4 ,five1 four or three windows may be cut in the sides1 and windows in the doors4 ,paper seats may be fitted inside4 ,to hang the car a rod is cut1 about #e inches long1 ,e ,f in ,fig4 #bjf1 and grooves are filed at each end4 ,this is glued to the top of the car1 with the ends projecting4 ,pieces of cotton attach the beam ,e ,f to the cross-piece4 7,length of cotton1 about #g inches47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bjg ,a reel may be glued on the top of the arms for turning the airships2 cotton may be wound round this1 and when pulled causes the cars to revolve4 ,into the hole of the top reel may be inserted a stick bearing a flag4 ,paint the cars according to taste4 ,when the top reel is set spinning the cars fly round and outward in a delightful manner1 gradually returning to a vertical position as the speed lessens4 ,gondolas4 ,for the cars gondolas may be substituted1 as in ,fig4 #bjh4 ,these gondolas form simple and effective paper toys1 even if not attached to revolving arms4 ,draw on stout paper or cardboard and cut out the two sides1 ,a ,a1 as in ,fig4 #bjh4 ,the total length of the boat should be #i inches4 ,next draw a line on a piece of paper1 a b in ,fig4 #bji1 the same length as a b in ,fig4 #bjh4 ,divide the line into three parts at c and d4 a c represents the length a c in ,fig4 #bjh2 c d 7not shown to scale71 the length of the cabin c d4 ,if the full length of the gondola is #i inches1 the length a b will be about #h-a_/b inches1 and the length a c should be #c inches2 this makes the length of the cabin1 c d1 about #a-c_/d inches4 ,draw two lines at c and d at right angles to a b4 ,make e f and g h 7,fig4 #bji7 equal to the widest part of the gondola4 7,if the length of #i inches has been decided on1 the width of the gondola should be #a-a_/d inches47 ,complete triangles a f e and g b h as in ,fig4 #bji2 draw flanges as in diagram and cut out4 ,two other triangles exactly the same size with flanges will be required4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bjh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bji ,now fasten together the bows1 ,b1 and the sterns1 ,c1 of the sides1 ,a ,a 7,fig4 #bjh71 with seccotine1 taking care that no gum comes below the line a b4 ,gum the triangle a f e 7,fig4 #bji7 to the sides1 ,a ,a1 as in ,fig4 #bjh4 ,point a must come at the very end of the sides ,a1 and the surface of a f e forms the deck4 ,gum triangle g h b to the sides1 ,a1 in the same way 7,fig4 #bjh74 ,now gum the other two triangles to the bottom of the gondola4 ,their apexes will probably come at about ,k and ,m in ,fig4 #bjh4 ,the positions of these points can be determined by finding out at what spot the triangle brings the sides ,a ,a closely together2 try to keep them as far from ends a and b as possible4 ,illustration3 ,,swinging ,,boats ,,and ,,great ,,wheel 7,chapter ,,xiv7 ,illustration3 ,,plate ,,vi ,,flying ,,gondolas1 ,,etc4 ,the space left between the two bottom triangles has a piece of paper gummed over it4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #baj ,fig4 #baj shows the shape of the cabin and the measurements required for a cabin for a gondola of #i inches4 ,four gondolas should be made4 ,they should be painted black and red1 or black and yellow1 according to taste4 ,the gondolas are hung from cross-pieces1 like the airships1 but the arms should be #ab-a_/b inches1 and the cross-pieces #i inches2 the strings must be of different lengths1 since the bow is higher than the stern4 ,seats may be put in the cabins if desired4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #baa ,flying ,birds4 ,cut four arms as for the gondolas 7stripwood #a_/d #a_/d will do71 drill small holes at one end1 glue and nail them to a reel4 ,cut four short arms #c-a_/b inches and glue them on between the long arms as in ,fig4 #baa4 ,the birds are made of cardboard and corks4 ,the birds from the long arms should hang low down1 and the birds from the short arms higher up4 ,cane may be used for hanging the birds to the arms4 ,the outer circle may be hung with sea-gulls 7,fig4 #bab71 and the inner circle with swallows 7,fig4 #bac71 or all the birds may be swallows4 ,when the reel is turned quickly the birds in flight are very effective4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bab ,fig4 #bab shows how the sea-gull is made out of a cork and four pieces of cardboard 7one for the head1 two for the wings1 one for the tail74 ,paint the cork white1 paint eyes and a beak1 mark a few feathers on the wings4 ,figs4 #bac1 #bad1 #bae show how the swallow is made4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bac ,illustration3 ,,figs4 #bad1 #bae ,,chapter ,,xvi ,,fire-,,engine1 ,,motor-,,lorry1 ,,and ,,steam-,,roller 7,,plate ,,vii7 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #baf ,a ,fire-engine 7,fig4 #baf74 ,for this toy two cardboard boxes are required1 one about #f #b #b1 ,a in ,fig4 #baf1 and the other1 ,b1 #c #b #b4 ,the cardboard case that contains ,le ,page's glue is a suitable size for ,b4 ,make holes through both sides of ,a1 about #a inch from one end1 for the axle of the large wheels1 and holes through ,b at ,k and ,j for the pieces of cane that support the ladders4 ,gum ,b to ,a and cover both with red paper4 ,d is part of a round mantle-box1 and the funnel1 ,e1 a roll of paper4 ,both are coloured yellow1 ,f is a piece of stripwood1 #a_/b inch by #a_/d inch1 cut the right length and glued to ,b and to two supports1 ,h4 ,a similar piece is fastened on the other side4 ,these are for the firemen to stand on4 ,they may be left their natural colour or coloured grey4 ,the seat1 ,c1 is a piece of stripwood1 #a_/b inch by #a_/b inch1 with a paper back1 and ,l ,m are match sticks glued to the sides4 ,g1 the foot-rest1 is made of cardboard and fastened to box1 ,b1 by two wedge-shaped pieces of wood4 ,the ladders are made of strips of cardboard1 with half matches as rungs4 ,n is a piece of cardboard gummed underneath ,a and projecting from it #a_/b inch for the fireman's stand4 ,this stand1 seat1 foot-rest1 ladders1 etc41 should be coloured red4 ,the small wheel is about #b inches in diameter4 ,the diameter of the large wheel can be measured when the smaller wheels are in position4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bag ,a ,motor-lorry 7,fig4 #bag74 ,the foundation is a piece of stout cardboard or wood4 ,a is an open box gummed to this1 and covered with paper1 suitably coloured4 ,b is part of a box cut as in figure and gummed to ,a4 ,inside ,b a wooden seat1 ,d1 is fixed4 ,c is a smaller box1 gummed upside down4 ,the size of the lorry will depend upon the boxes procurable4 ,it can also be made of wood1 in which case the windows1 ,d and ,e1 and the curved portion of ,b can be cut out with a fret-saw 7see ,part ,,ii74 ,both this toy and the fire-engine look very effective made of wood4 ,illustration3 ,,plate ,,vii ,,fire-,,engine1 ,,motor-,,lorry ,,and ,,steam-,,roller ,a ,steam-roller 7,fig4 #bah74 ,fig4 #bai shows the foundation of the steam-roller1 ,a ,b1 ,c ,d1 etc41 are pieces of stripwood1 #a_/d inch by #a_/d inch4 ,the front roller is made of a small mantle-box about #b-e_/h inches in length4 ,the cover is glued on1 holes are made at each end and a round1 wooden axle passed through4 ,the ends of the axle should be filed flat as in ,fig4 #bbj1 so that ,a and ,c 7,fig4 #bai7 can be glued to them4 ,the roller may be painted black4 ,cut a piece of cardboard1 #f-a_/b inches by #d-a_/d inches4 ,bend this round so that it fits between ,a ,b and ,c ,d 7,fig4 #bai72 place the roller in position1 mark with pencil the portions of cardboard that cover the roller and cut these off 7see the shaded parts in ,fig4 #bba74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bah ,fig4 #bbb shows the construction from cardboard of the part of the cab marked ,g in ,fig4 #bah4 ,half cuts are made along the dotted lines2 the axle of the side wheels passes through the openings ,x and ,y4 ,fig4 #bbc shows the part of the cab marked ,h in ,fig4 #bah4 ,next cut a strip of wood1 #d-a_/d #a_/d #a_/d1 for an axle for the side wheels1 and round the ends2 the wheels are #c inches in diameter4 ,fasten these to the axle4 ,now glue the ends of the axle for the front roller to ,a and ,c4 ,while this is drying colour the cardboard parts of the engine dark green4 ,bend ,j 7,fig4 #bba7 and glue this part to the inner sides of ,a ,b and ,c ,d4 ,cover the part marked ,k 7,fig4 #bah7 with paper2 the part underneath ,k may remain uncovered4 ,glue the axle of the side wheels in position behind ,j1 with just sufficient space for ,g to slip in between the engine and the axle4 ,when the axle is secure glue ,g and ,h in position2 ,g is glued to the inner sides of ,d ,c and ,b ,a1 ,h is glued to the inner sides of blocks ,e and ,f4 ,the supports1 ,o and ,n 7,fig4 #bah71 are #d-a_/b #a_/d #a_/d4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bai ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bbj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bba ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bbb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bbc ,m and ,l are #d-a_/d #a_/d #a_/d4 ,these supports are #a_/d inch shorter1 as they stand on the axle of the side wheels4 ,the roof is of cardboard coloured green4 ,q is a cardboard wheel glued to ,l1 and joined to the dome by a strip of cardboard1 ,t1 bent as in ,fig4 #bbc4 a is inserted into a slit in the cork1 and b is gummed to the wheel4 ,the steps1 ,r1 are made of stiff paper4 ,the funnel and the dome are made of corks4 ,,chapter ,,xvii ,,gipsy ,,caravan ,,and ,,bathing ,,machine ,the foundation of the ,caravan is a piece of wood or cardboard1 #f-c_/d inches by #d inches4 ,the sides are made of stiff paper or cardboard4 ,for each of the long sides draw a rectangle1 #f inches by #d-a_/b inches1 and to each side add #a_/b-;inch flanges4 ,make the two ends as follows3 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bbd ,draw ,e ,f 7,fig4 #bbe7 #d inches1 mark off ,e ,k and ,f ,l #a_/b inch each2 erect perpendiculars ,k ,o and ,l ,p2 with ,e as centre and radius1 #d-a_/b inches 7i4e4 height of side ,a in ,fig4 #bbd7 cut ,k ,o at ,g1 find point ,h in the same way1 join ,g ,e and ,h ,f4 ,find ,m1 the centre of ,e ,f2 with ,m as centre and radius ,m ,g describe an arc from ,g to ,h4 ,mark flanges along the top1 ,g ,h1 to which the roof can be gummed1 and a flange at the bottom4 ,in front and at the sides draw and colour the windows1 which may be made to open4 ,at the back cut out a door 7,fig4 #bbf74 ,colour the sides a light brown4 ,fasten up the caravan by the flanges2 the base projects #c_/d inch at the front4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bbe ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bbf ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bbg ,the roof is made of brown paper and should be cut to project about #a_/d inch over the sides and end of the caravan4 ,it is then gummed to the flanges4 ,the chimney is a roll of brown paper4 ,the wheels should be at least #b inches in diameter4 ,steps can be made of cardboard and paper1 as in ,fig4 #bbg4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bbh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bbi ,a ,bathing ,machine 7,fig4 #bbh74 ,this is similar to the ,noah's ,ark4 ,the measurements are as follows3 ,base1 #d inches by #c inches2 sides1 #d inches by #d-a_/b inches4 ,measurements for the ends are given in ,fig4 #bbi4 ,the roof should be cut to project about #a_/d inch over the sides and end of the machine4 ,cut a door in one end4 ,paint the machine in red and white stripes1 mark the windows on each side and a number in front4 ,the wheels should be about #a-a_/b inches in diameter4 ,steps may be added4 ,,chapter ,,xviii ,a ,,train ,,and ,,railway ,,station 7,,plate ,,viii7 ,a ,train4 7#a7 ,the ,engine 7,fig4 #bcj74 ,the body of the engine1 ,a1 is a long mantle-box or a piece of old curtain pole1 about #d-a_/b inches long4 ,the wooden bottom1 ,b ,c1 is #f-a_/b inches by #b-a_/d inches4 ,a is glued to ,b ,c and kept in position by wooden blocks1 ,e and ,f4 ,the funnel and the dome are made from corks or pieces of round wood2 their ends must be slightly concave1 so that they may fit securely to ,a4 ,a ring of cardboard is gummed to the top of the funnel1 which may have a hole in it to take a piece of cotton-wool for smoke4 ,the rim of the funnel and the dome are coloured yellow4 ,the boiler can be covered with dark green or dark red paper4 ,the buffers are pieces of round rod1 to which cardboard discs are gummed4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bcj ,the cab is made of cardboard1 as shown in ,fig4 #bca1 and is coloured to match the engine4 ,g ,k ,l ,m is gummed to the back of ,a 7,fig4 #bcj71 and its sides are fastened to the footplate by the flanges4 ,fig4 #bcb shows the roof of the cab2 the length1 ,n ,o1 is equal to the arc1 ,g ,h ,k4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bca ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bcb ,the wheels should be about #a-a_/b inches in diameter and are fastened underneath ,b ,c1 as described in ,chapter ,,xiii4 ,strips of cardboard1 coloured black 7,d in ,fig4 #bcj71 are glued to the wooden blocks behind the wheels4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bcc 7#b7 ,the ,tender 7,fig4 #bcc7 can be made in various ways4 ,the bottom is best made of wood1 #d inches by #b-a_/d inches4 ,the sides may be made of wood1 #d inches by #a-a_/b inches2 the back must be cut to fit exactly between the sides4 ,when the back and the sides are glued in position two wedge-shaped blocks may be glued into the corners for strength4 ,the buffers and the wheels as in the engine4 ,the sides of the tender may also be cut out of one piece of cardboard and fastened to the bottom by flanges4 ,it should be coloured to match the engine4 ,pieces of cork dipped in ink make realistic coal4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bcd ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bce ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bcf 7#c7 ,a ,cattle ,truck 7,fig4 #bcd74 ,the foundation is a piece of wood1 #d inches by #b-a_/d inches4 ,the sides may be cut from one piece of cardboard 7,fig4 #bce7 and coloured to represent bars1 as in ,fig4 #bcd4 ,it may also be made of wood as follows3 ,cut eight thin strips of wood1 #d-a_/b inches by #a_/d inch1 ,a ,b ,c ,d1 etc41 and eight pieces #a-c_/d inches by #a_/d1 ,j ,k ,l ,m in ,fig4 #bcd4 ,the pieces are glued together to form the sides1 as in ,fig4 #bcf4 ,the length of the cross-bar1 ,x1 can be obtained by measuring the distance between ,y and ,z4 ,glue the sides to the bottom and to each other4 ,wedges may be glued in the corners for strength4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bcg 7#d7 ,a ,carriage 7,fig4 #bcg74 ,the bottom is of wood1 #d-a_/b inches by #b-a_/d inches4 ,the carriage is made of cardboard1 on the same principle as the cattle truck1 according to the measurements given in ,fig4 #bcg4 ,the upper part of the door may be cut out and the lower part be made to open4 ,the windows may be cut out or coloured with light blue pencil4 ,the interior should be coloured or covered with paper to represent upholstering1 etc4 ,before fastening the cardboard to the bottom1 glue to the corners of the bottom small blocks of wood1 #a inch high1 as supports for the cardboard seats1 which should be gummed across them and be suitably coloured4 ,cut the cardboard for the top and leave flanges for fastening it to the ends of the carriage4 ,the top and the ends are coloured black or dark brown4 ,a little piece of round wood or cork1 coloured black1 is gummed to the top for a lamp4 ,the step is made of stiff brown paper4 ,small screw eyes are screwed in the ends of the various parts of the train1 which can be linked together by wire loops4 ,a ,railway ,station4 ,this station is a suitable size for the train already described4 ,illustration3 ,,train ,,and ,,station1 ,,signal-,,box ,,and ,,signal 7,part ,,ii1 ,chapter ,,xii7 ,illustration3 ,,plate ,,viii ,,red ,,cross ,,motor ,,and ,,taxi-,,cabs 7,chapter ,,xix and ,part ,,ii1 ,chapter ,,iii7 ,a 7,fig4 #bch7 is a piece of wood or cardboard1 about #b feet by #h inches1 standing on supports made of two match-boxes gummed together4 ,b and ,c are pieces of cardboard fastened by flanges to ,a4 ,d is a piece of cardboard gummed to supports ,e and ,f to cover the hollow in front2 this and the platform may be suitably coloured4 ,the railings are of cardboard and are fastened to a piece similar to ,d4 ,advertisements may be cut from papers and fastened to the posts behind the railings2 also the name of the station in the same way 7see ,plate ,,viii74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bch ,the ,ticket-,office and ,waiting-,room is shown in ,fig4 #bci4 ,this may be made from a cardboard box of suitable size1 or from cardboard 7according to the measurements given74 ,the bar before the ticket-office is made of match sticks4 ,tram tickets form good advertisements for the walls4 ,additions to station3 7#a7 ,porter's truck4 ,see ,chapter ,v4 7#b7 ,milk-cans4 ,corks covered with silver paper4 ,see ,chapter ,v4 7#c7 ,flower-pots4 ,a cork filed the right shape and painted is used4 ,the shrubs are cut out of cardboard1 coloured and fastened into a slit in the cork 7,fig4 #bdj74 7#d7 ,lamp-posts 7,fig4 #bda74 ,a piece of round rod is placed in a reel or a cork to make it stand4 ,the lamp is cut out of stiff paper1 coloured as in the diagram1 and is inserted in a slit at the top of the rod4 ,a small piece of cane is passed through a hole near the top for the cross bar4 7#e7 ,benches and seats of various kinds may be made from cardboard4 7#f7 ,figures of men1 women1 etc41 may be cut from illustrated papers and a strip of cardboard gummed behind them to make them stand upright4 7#g7 ,small boxes of various kinds may be placed on the platform for luggage4 ,in country districts1 where the station buildings are of a simple design1 the children may be encouraged to make sketches of these1 and to bring to the models described above such modifications as are to be found in their own locality4 ,in ,part ,,ii 7,chapter ,,xii7 models of working signals and a signal-box are described4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bci ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bdj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bda ,,chapter ,,xix ,,red ,,cross ,,motor ,,and ,,taxi-,,cab 7,,plate ,,viii7 ,red ,cross ,motor4 ,begin with a piece of wood #f-a_/b #d #a_/h4 ,glue and nail to this two pieces of stripwood1 #a_/b #a_/d #d-a_/d1 ,a ,b and ,c ,d in ,fig4 #bdb4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bdb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bdc ,next cut out a piece of wood #d inches by #b inches 7a piece of cigar-box will do for this1 or a piece of stout cardboard7--,e in ,figs4 #bdb and #bdc4 ,saw out the corners ,f and ,g1 so that the piece of wood ,e will fit between the strips ,c ,d and ,a ,b4 ,saw slits at ,h and ,k to hold the cardboard hood4 ,glue ,e in position as in ,fig4 #bdb4 ,a seat must be placed in front of ,e2 it should measure about #b-a_/d inches by #e_/h inch1 and may be glued to a piece of stripwood1 #a_/b #a_/d #a-a_/b1 which is glued to ,e as in ,fig4 #bdc4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bdd ,the bonnet is made of two pieces of stripwood1 ,m and ,n1 #a_/b #a_/b #b-a_/b2 these are glued together and glued on as in ,fig4 #bdb4 ,a piece of wood1 ,p1 well smoothed and with edges rounded1 is glued over ,m and ,n4 ,r is a piece of wood #d inches by #a inch1 with the corners cut off or rounded4 ,the hood is made of a piece of thin cardboard1 #e inches by #i-a_/d inches1 cut as in ,fig4 #bdd4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bde ,this hood may be painted grey or khaki-colour1 and a cross painted in red on the sides1 or cut out of red paper and gummed on4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bdf ,the hood is glued inside the strips of wood ,a ,b and ,c ,d in ,fig4 #bdb1 and fits into the slits ,h and ,k in ,e4 ,for axles and wheels see ,chapter ,,xiii4 ,figs4 #bde and #bdf show another kind of van1 made of cane and brown linen4 ,a ,taxi-cab4 ,begin with a piece of wood1 #f inches by #c inches4 ,cut out two pieces of cardboard 7medium thickness71 #b-a_/b inches by #b-a_/b inches4 ,draw doors on them and cut out as in ,fig4 #bdg4 ,these pieces are painted the colour desired for the taxicab4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bdg ,cut out a piece of wood1 #b-a_/b inches by #c inches1 for the back1 ,a ,b4 ,cut two blocks of stripwood1 #a_/b #a_/b #a 7,c in ,fig4 #bdh71 to be glued on to the bottom to support the seat and back1 ,a ,b4 ,when glueing these blocks in position see that they are about #a_/h inch from the end1 and not quite close to the edges4 ,if additional strength is required these blocks may be nailed as well as glued2 the back1 ,a ,b1 is nailed and glued to these blocks4 ,now cut two pieces of stripwood1 #a_/d #a_/d #b-a_/b4 ,glue these posts #b-a_/b inches from the back1 ,a ,b 7,d ,e in ,fig4 #bdh74 ,now glue on the sides4 ,side ,f is glued to post ,d ,e1 to block ,c and to back ,a ,b2 the other side is glued in the same way4 ,a cardboard seat may be glued across the blocks and painted the colour desired for the interior4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bdh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bdi ,now to make the front of the cab4 ,cut a piece of cardboard of medium thickness1 #b-a_/b inches by #c inches1 ,g in ,fig4 #bej4 ,draw and cut out the windows 7the shaded portion of ,fig4 #bej74 ,to the bottom of ,g glue a piece of stripwood1 ,h1 #a_/b inch by #a_/b inch1 leaving a strip of cardboard #a_/h inch wide on each side4 ,h is for the driver's seat4 ,now glue the front1 ,g1 to the posts ,e ,d 7,fig4 #bdh71 and the block ,h to the bottom4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bej ,two cardboard seats1 cut as in ,fig4 #bea1 should next be fastened by paper hinges to the inside of ,g4 ,to make the top of the cab cut a piece of cardboard1 #d-a_/b inches by #c inches 7,fig4 #beb74 ,make a half cut along ,a ,b and bend4 ,glue portion ,k to the back of the car ,a ,b1 and ,l to the tops of the posts ,e ,d and to the sides ,f4 ,if necessary a paper hinge can be used to fasten the top ,l to the front ,g4 ,a cardboard seat about #a inch wide is glued to the block ,h for the driver4 ,the sides of this seat 7,m in ,fig4 #bdh7 are made of pieces of wood1 #a-a_/b #a #a_/h1 one corner being rounded as in the figure1 and they are glued to each side of the block ,h4 ,two pieces of cane should be glued on each side and to the roof4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bea ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #beb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bec ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bed ,to make the bonnet1 first cut the piece of wood ,p1 #c inches by #a-a_/h inches 7,fig4 #bec74 ,two round cardboard discs1 ,r and ,s1 with centres painted red are glued at each corner4 ,next two pieces of wood the shape of ,q in ,figs4 #bdi and #bec are cut out4 ,one piece1 ,r1 is glued to ,p1 and ,p is glued to the bottom #a-a_/b inches from the front 7see ,fig4 #bdh74 ,the other piece1 ,q1 is glued in front4 ,a piece of cardboard1 #a-a_/b inches by #c-a_/b inches1 is cut as in ,fig4 #bed2 half cuts are made along the dotted lines4 ,it is painted as in the diagram4 ,this piece of cardboard is bent along the dotted lines and glued round ,q and ,r to form the bonnet4 ,two pieces of wood1 #a_/d #a_/d #c_/d 7,s and ,t in ,fig4 #bec7 are glued in front on each side of the bonnet2 these have round pieces of cardboard gummed to them to represent lanterns4 ,a number should be glued behind and in front of the car and a steering wheel added4 ,the wheels may be made of wood or cardboard2 diameter about #b inches 7see ,chapter ,,xiii74 ,,chapter ,,xx ,,swinging ,,and ,,jointed ,,animals 7,,plate ,,ix7 ,the peacock1 monkey1 and other animals with long tails can be cut from cardboard1 and by means of lead buttons attached to their tails be made to swing realistically on a perch4 ,it is difficult in some animals to get the balance correct and the position natural4 ,if the drawings in this book are carefully enlarged and the lead buttons placed on the spot 7,a7 indicated1 they will be found to produce satisfactory animals4 ,they look most effective and move more readily when made from three-ply wood with the fret-saw 7see ,part ,,ii71 but this work is beyond the ten-year-old child4 ,children of ten and younger can1 however1 make them quite well of cardboard 7the thicker the cardboard1 providing the children can cut it with scissors1 the better74 ,a set made of wood by the teacher will form a delightful plaything for very little ones1 and even material for nature lessons4 ,the ,mouse 7,fig4 #bei7 should be drawn on cardboard1 cut out1 and both sides coloured4 ,if grey cardboard is used1 eyes1 whiskers1 etc41 can be drawn in sepia4 ,two lead buttons 7about the size of halfpennies7 are glued one on each side of the tail 7at ,a72 pieces of paper should then be glued over the buttons and painted to match the tail4 ,children will find it easier to draw these animals if a piece of cardboard is given them on which the animal to be drawn will just fit4 ,the colouring should be as simple as possible to be effective4 ,the stand is similar to that for the swinging boats1 but with a rounded bar1 on which the part of the animal marked ,b will rest4 ,the ,cat 7,fig4 #bef71 enlarged1 made more fierce-looking and with stripes painted on it makes a very terrifying tiger1 ready to spring4 ,the ,monkey 7,fig4 #bfe7 may have another monkey swinging from his tail1 and so on4 ,animals with movable limbs can also be cut from three-ply wood 7see ,part ,,ii7 or cardboard4 ,if cut from cardboard the various joints are fastened by small paper-fasteners4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bee ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bef ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #beg ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #beh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bei ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bfj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bfa ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bfb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bfc ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bfd ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bfe ,illustration3 ,,plate ,,ix ,,swinging ,,and ,,jointed ,,animals ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bff ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bfg ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bfh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bfi ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bgj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bga ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bgb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bgc ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bgd ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bge ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bgf ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bgg ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bgh ,to make the ,elephant cut out two pieces the shape of ,a for the body 7,fig4 #bgi71 and make four holes in each piece as in the diagram4 ,next1 cut out four legs1 and fasten two to each portion of the body by little paper-fasteners1 then cut out the tail and fasten it between the two pieces that form the body2 cut out two ears and the head2 one fastener will hold the ears1 the sides and the head together2 the head is inside the two bodies1 the ears outside4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bgi ,the ,giraffe 7,fig4 #bee7 can be made in a similar way4 ,the ,butterfly and the ,dragon-fly 7,figs4 #bgd and #bge7 have their wings and feelers cut out of cartridge paper and gummed on to cardboard bodies1 so that when the animals swing their wings wave in a realistic manner4 ,fig4 #bgg shows how cardboard ,crabs and ,lobsters can be mounted amid under-sea surroundings4 ,,part ,,ii ,,chapter ,i ,,additional ,,tools ,besides the tools mentioned in ,part ,i1 viz41 bench-hook1 hammer1 saw1 file1 bradawl1 pincers1 the following additional tools will be found of service1 though some of these are luxuries1 and generally it is best to use as few as possible3 #a4 ,a larger saw1 for sawing rougher and larger wood than stripwood1 e4g4 a ,tenon ,saw1 length #h to #af inches2 #aj to #af points to an inch1 price about one and ninepence4 #b4 ,an ,archimedean ,drill4 ,this is useful for making small holes when there is danger of the wood splitting1 however when once this drill is used1 the worker never again feels inclined to use a bradawl or any other kind of boring tool4 ,a quite useful and efficient drill can be bought for sixpence4 ,care must be taken that the drill bits or drill points do not break1 for being quite slender and made of tempered steel they are rather fragile4 ,a set of twelve drill points in assorted sizes in a metal case may be bought for sixpence4 7,for hints on the use of drill1 see under fret-saw47 #c4 ,the ,cramp or clamp is a contrivance used for holding boards together4 ,an adjustable ,g cramp is a handy article for small work4 ,there are several models of ,g cramps2 that shown in the plate costs twopence4 #d4 ,a ,rasp or rough file for removing from boxes either paper or the names that are sometimes stamped on them4 #e4 ,brace and ,bit4 ,the smallest-sized brace1 which has a sweep of #e inches1 is the most convenient for children4 ,bits are of many patterns4 ,the most common form is the ,centre-bit which will cut holes from #c_/h inch to #a-a_/b inches in diameter4 ,the ,pin-bit or shell-bit of the smallest bore is used to make small-sized holes for screws1 etc41 but more especially when making preparation for using the centre-bit4 ,a ,centre-bit #a-c_/d inches in diameter costs ninepence2 a brace and bit 7#c_/d inch diameter7 together costs one and threepence2 this latter bit is useful for boring holes in wheels for axles1 etc4 ,however the brace and bit is somewhat of a luxury and can be done without1 for holes made with the ,archimedean drill can always be enlarged to the required size1 by means of round files and patience4 #f4 ,the ,mitre-block is a piece of beech-wood carefully squared and rebated so as to present throughout its length a rectangular step-like recess in which the wood to be mitred is placed in order to be cut at the necessary angle4 ,in the raised part are three saw kerfs1 two at an angle of #de with the sides of the mitre-block and one half-way between these at right angles to the sides4 ,the inclination of the saw-cuts at an angle of #de is to the right and left respectively1 so that when these angles are brought together in the mitred joint they may form a perfect right angle 7#ij74 ,the mitre-block is a luxury1 but it is useful in squaring off the ends of the wood1 making picture frames1 making the crane 7,chapter ,v71 etc41 price sixpence4 ,a ,compass1 ,protractor1 ,ruler1 ,try-square and well-sharpened ,pencil will be found useful in making nearly every toy4 ,a ,plane is not necessary for any of the toys described in the following chapters1 but is mentioned here in case anyone should require one for reducing the thickness of wood or straightening a surface4 ,the most economical one is a ,jack-plane fitted with a smoothing-plane iron4 ,the ,jack-plane thus equipped may be used for reducing thicknesses of material 7this is the real function of the ,jack-plane7 as well as for planing up surfaces true and smooth 7the purpose of the smoothing-plane74 ,the ,jack-plane iron has its cutting edge slightly rounded in order to gouge out the wood and thus reduce thickness quickly1 the smoothing-plane iron is ground to a straight edge4 ,if both these irons are bought1 the plane becomes both a ,jack-and a smoothing-plane4 ,the ,stanley ,bailey adjustable iron plane is a good one4 ,no4 #e size1 #ad inches long1 is recommended4 ,illustration3 ,,plate ,x ,,useful ,,tools #a4 ,fret-saw #b4 ',non-slip' safety ruler #c4 ,card knife 7,london pattern7 #d4 ,craft knife #e4 ,g cramp #f4 ,round-nose pliers #g4 ,brass back metal saw #h4 ,mitre block #i4 ,tenon saw #aj4 ,archimedean drill #aa4 ,try square #ab4 ,file #ac4 ,bradawl #ad4 ,brace and bit #ae4 ,carton knife ,however1 as we have said before1 it can be done without4 ,the first four tools are the really necessary ones4 ,the ,preservation of ,tools4 ,keep tools in a dry atmosphere in a wooden box4 ,have them instantly dried after grinding and whenever they have been in contact with wet4 ,iron or steel parts should be frequently rubbed over with a piece of oily rag 7if grease is used it must be free from salt74 ,a speck of rust must be removed at once with fine emery-paper and oil4 ,a generous coating of oil or vaseline should be given when tools are laid aside for some time4 ,the ,sharpening of ,tools4 ,chisels1 planes and knives are sharpened on oilstones4 ,the ,lily-white and the ,rosy-red ,washita oilstones are perhaps the best natural stones on the market4 ,with regard to the oil used1 machine1 engine1 neat's foot and sweet oils are all suitable4 ,clean the stone after use4 ,knives are sharpened at an angle on both sides1 and will therefore have one side rubbed on the stone a few times and will then be turned over to rub the other side4 ,pen-knives can be sharpened on the ordinary kitchen knifeboard4 ,,chapter ,,ii ,,capstan1 ,,dreadnought1 ,,liner ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bhj ,saw a square piece of wood1 side #d-a_/c inches1 ,a ,b ,c ,d 7,fig4 #bhj74 ,cut two others1 sides #b-a_/b inches4 ,saw the corners of these and make them octagons4#a ,drill a hole through the centre of ,e 7,fig4 #bha74 ,into this hole glue a wooden meat skewer or round rod that will pass through the hole of a large reel4 ,glue and nail ,e to ,a ,b ,c ,d4 ,round the sides of ,f 7,fig4 #bhj7 drill eight holes about #a_/d inch deep4 ,make levers of wood to fit these holes as in ,fig4 #bhj4 ,match sticks could be used4 ,now glue ,f to the top of the reel1 ,g1 taking care that the centre of ,f is over the centre of the reel4 ,place the reel over the axle1 round which it can be turned4 ,the capstan can be used for dragging along a toy boat by means of a string tied to the boat and wound round the reel4 #a ,to make an octagon from a square ,a ,b ,c ,d4 ,draw ,a ,d and ,b ,c 7,fig4 #bhb74 ,with centre ,c and radius ,c ,o mark points ,e and ,k1 with centre ,d and same radius mark ,m and ,g1 and so on4 ,join ,e ,f1 ,g ,h1 ,j ,k1 etc4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bhb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bha ,a ,dreadnought4 ,the bottom of the boat is made from a piece of wood #i-c_/d inches by #b-a_/b inches4 ,shape the bow as in ,fig4 #bhc4 ,to this glue another piece of wood1 ,a ,b ,c1 shaped to fit over the first1 and about #f inches in length4 ,the two pieces can also be nailed together4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bhc ,cut a piece of wood1 ,d1 #b-c_/d inches by #a-a_/b inches1 and glue and nail it to ,a ,b ,c4 ,when these pieces are secure drill a hole through them at ,e for the mast4 ,to carry the guns at the stern1 shape two pieces of wood1 ,g and ,f1 in the form of circles or octagons1 and glue and nail them in their place4 ,the mast has holes drilled through it to hold pieces of cane4 ,nail #a_/d inch nails round one end of ,d and tie black thread round them4 ,the guns are made of small rolls of brown paper1 narrower at one end and painted black or grey4 ,they are glued in position4 ,the guns ,h and ,k1 are fastened to a small piece of wood1 ,l1 to raise them above the level of the deck4 ,the funnels are made of pieces of round wood or rolls of paper4 ,the whole boat is painted grey1 and rigged with black thread4 ,a ,liner 7,fig4 #bhd74 ,the foundation of the boat is a piece of wood #aj-a_/b inches by #a-a_/b inches1 and about #a_/d inch in thickness1 or thicker if possible4 ,shape the bow as in the figure4 ,round the stern4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bhd ,cut two pieces of cardboard #g-a_/b inches by #a-a_/b inches4 ,these are for the decks 7,fig4 #bhf71 and their stern ends must be shaped to correspond to the stern of the boat4 ,place them together on the foundation and make holes right through along their edges about #a_/b inch apart4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bhe ,cut two pieces of stripwood #a_/b #a_/d #f-a_/b4 ,place them one over the other and drill a hole 7#a_/d inch in diameter7 at ,p1 about #a-c_/d inches from one end2 this hole is to receive the mast1 ,b4 ,along each piece of stripwood mark little doors and windows or port-holes4 ,glue each piece of stripwood along the middle of each cardboard deck1 as in ,fig4 #bhe1 having made holes in the cardboard corresponding to the holes ,p drilled in the stripwood4 ,now glue the stripwood of one piece to the middle of the cardboard of the other piece1 taking care that the holes in each piece of cardboard are over each other 7,fig4 #bhf74 ,while these pieces are drying1 drill a hole about #b inches from the bow for the mast ,a2 drill holes along the edge of the bow 7,c ,d ,e71 #a_/c an inch apart4 ,cut pieces of cane #g_/h inch to fit through the holes in the cardboard1 and pieces about #c_/h inch in length for railings round the bow4 ,now glue the stripwood1 ,g1 to the boat so that ends ,h and ,k correspond with the edge of the stern4 ,while this is drying prepare the masts4 ,the mainmast is about #d inches in length2 this length allows it to stand #c inches above the upper cardboard deck2 the foremast is about #e inches4 ,round the foremast glue a circular piece of cardboard1 ,m1 resting on a nail passing through the mast4 ,hammer a nail through at ,l for a spar1 and put a piece of cane through a hole at ,n4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bhf ,glue the masts into position4 ,put in a nail at ,o in the stern1 and a piece of cane1 ,d1 at the bow4 ,hammer in three nails in side ,d ,c and three on the other side for rigging4 ,insert the strips of cane through the holes in the cardboard2 put a little glue into the holes in the wooden deck1 and tap the cane in very gently2 put the smaller pieces of cane into the holes round the bow4 ,tie cotton round the pieces of cane as in ,fig4 #bhd2 tie cotton to masts1 etc4 ,the funnels are made of rolls of paper4 ,if the liner is a ,cunarder1 the funnels should be red with black bands round the top and two black lines lower down4 ,the wooden sides of the boat are painted dark brown4 ,,chapter ,,iii ,,motor-,,car 7,,plate ,,viii71 ,,swinging ,,cradle1 ,,deck-,,chair ,a piece of flat wood #b-a_/b inches by #e-a_/b inches forms the bottom of the car4 ,two pieces of wood1 #e-a_/b inches by #a inch1 are marked out and sawn as in ,fig4 #bhg4 ,if it is found too difficult to saw out the corner pieces ,e ,f ,g and ,h ,k ,l1 piece ,a ,e ,c ,m can be cut right off1 by sawing along a line ,e ,m2 ,g ,m ,h ,n can be cut off by sawing along lines ,g ,m and ,h ,n1 the same with ,l ,n ,b ,d4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bhg ,the corners ,e1 ,f1 ,g1 ,h1 ,k1 ,l should be rounded with a file1 as shown in the plate4 ,the two side-pieces are then glued at each side of the bottom4 ,front and back pieces are then cut1 and fitted between the bottom and sides2 also a top to fit over ,a ,e1 and seats to fit over ,g ,h and ,l ,b4 ,these seats are then provided with backs and arms as shown in the plate4 ,axles and wheels should be made and put on as described in ,part ,i1 ,chapter ,,xiii4 ,the wheels should be #a_/b an inch thick and have the edges rounded to represent the tyre4 ,lastly the steering pillar1 with cardboard wheel attached1 is fixed into bottom4 ,a drawback to this toy is that it is made of so many separate pieces of wood1 but children delight in it and can make it most successfully4 ,children from nine to twelve have turned out most effective motor-cars4 ,a ,swinging ,cradle 7,fig4 #bhh74 ,the cradle is a wooden box1 #e inches by #b-c_/d inches1 and #b inches deep4 ,before nailing this together1 holes must be drilled in the two short sides1 large enough to take a wooden axle about #a_/d inch in diameter4 ,a and ,b are two pieces of stripwood #a_/d #a_/b #e2 their tops are rounded and holes similar to those in the cradle are drilled in them about #a-a_/b inches from the top4 ,a is fastened to ,e1 which is #d inches in length1 by means of triangular pieces of wood1 ,c and ,d1 which are glued and nailed to ,a and ,e4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bhh ,f and ,k are wider pieces of wood1 #e inches by #a inch4 ,e is glued and nailed to ,f2 a wider space must be left on one side of ,e so that the supports1 ,h and ,g1 can be fastened securely to ,f4 ,g and ,h are #e-a_/b #a_/b #a_/d4 ,for the axles on which the cradle swings two pieces of stripwood1 #a_/d #a_/d #a-a_/d must be cut and rounded1 passed through holes in ,a and ,b1 and glued securely to the holes in the sides of the cradle4 ,a ,deck-chair 7,fig4 #bhi74 ,two pieces of stripwood1 #a_/d #a_/d #f1 ,a ,b1 ,c ,d1 are taken4 ,these are nailed and glued to ,e and ,f1 each #b-a_/d inches4 ,e and ,f should not be placed too near the ends of ,a ,b and ,c ,d1 as the wood may split when the nails are driven in4 ,e and ,f may be rounded4 ,for the smaller frame of the chair1 cut two pieces of stripwood1 #e inches in length4 ,to get the measurements for the bars1 ,m and ,l1 place ,g ,h and ,j ,k inside ,a ,b ,c ,d as in ,fig4 #bhi1 and measure distances ,g ,j and ,h ,k4 ,this must be done very accurately4 ,before nailing ,g ,h and ,j ,k together1 notches must be cut in them as in ,fig4 #bij4 ,the wood is partly sawn through at ,n and ,o1 and the notch is then filed out1 the safe edge of the file being turned towards ,n and ,o4 ,to make the support1 two pieces of wood are cut #b inches in length1 ,q ,r and ,u ,v in ,fig4 #bia1 which shows how the length of the piece of wood ,s1 which fastens ,q ,r and ,u ,v together1 is obtained4 ,frame ,g ,k is now nailed to frame ,a ,d 7,fig4 #bhi74 ,fix the point for the nail at ,t about #b inches from ,h and ,b4 ,when hammering the nail in at ,t1 the bars ,a ,b and ,g ,h should rest upon the edge of the bench or table4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bhi ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bij ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bia ,from ,a and ,c measure distances of #b-a_/b inches to ,r and ,v respectively4 ,to these points nail the arms of the support1 ,q ,r and ,u ,v4 ,a piece of coloured print or casement cloth is fastened to ,e and ,l4 ,other toys which can be made in a similar manner are a camp-stool1 a clothes-horse1 a screen4 ,,chapter ,,iv ,a ,,tram-,,car ,this toy is made of wood1 cardboard and paper 7cartridge74 ,a piece of wood1 ,e ,f ,g ,h 7,fig4 #bib71 #h-a_/b inches by #b-a_/d inches is required for the bottom of the car1 and two pieces1 ,a ,b ,c ,d1 #e inches by #a-a_/b inches1 for the sides4 ,the supports 7#a1 #b1 #c1 #d1 #e1 #f7 are pieces of stripwood #a_/d #a_/d #c-a_/b4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bib ,glue three of these to one of the sides as in ,fig4 #bic1 allowing ,a ,b ,c ,d to project beyond them for a space equal to the thickness of the wooden bottom of the car1 ,e ,f ,g ,h4 ,this forms one side of the car2 make the other in the same way4 ,fig4 #bid shows how the sides and seats are fastened to the bottom of the car4 ,the seat is a piece of stripwood #a_/d #a_/b #e4 ,the top of the car is made of thick cardboard cut as in ,fig4 #bie to the given measurements4 ,before the top is fastened on strips of cartridge paper are gummed round its sides4 ,these strips are about an inch wide1 and are doubled in half2 one half is gummed to the cardboard as in ,fig4 #bif4 ,the other half bends downward and the names of places to which the car runs are printed on it4 ,similar pieces are gummed to the top and bent upward to form the railings round the top 7,fig4 #big47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bic ,these pieces are painted yellow and edged with dark brown4 ,fig4 #bih shows the entrance to the interior of car4 ,j and ,k are pieces of cardboard1 coloured yellow1 and glued into position2 ,l is a similarly coloured piece of cardboard or paper glued to supports #a and #d4 ,the other entrance is finished off in the same way4 ,cut two pieces of cardboard1 #d-a_/b inches by #a-a_/b inches1 as in ,fig4 #bii4 ,make half-cuts along the dotted lines4 ,these pieces are bent round and glued to the ends of the bottom of the car 7,m1 ,n1 ,o in ,fig4 #bib74 ,these are also coloured yellow and their edges are dark brown4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bid ,the wheels are put on as the wheels of the engine 7,part ,i1 ,chapter ,,xiii74 ,cut two pieces of cartridge paper 7,p in ,fig4 #bib71 colour as described before1 and gum under each end of car4 ,part ,q is a piece of cardboard one inch wide1 coloured like ,m ,n ,o1 and gummed along the side1 so that it covers at least half the wheels4 ,the top can now be glued on4 ,thin strips of wood or pieces of cane 7,s and ,t in ,fig4 #bib and #bif7 are gummed in position4 ,the steps into the car are made of cartridge paper coloured black4 ,fig4 #cjj shows the simplest way of making the stairs leading to the top of the car4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bie ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bif ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #big ,w ,y is a piece of cardboard1 #a inch wide1 to which pieces of stiff paper are gummed as in diagram4 ,x is a flap of paper which fastens the steps to the top of the car4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bih ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bii ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cjj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cja ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cjb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cjc ,seats for the ,top4 ,pieces of cartridge paper are cut out1 #a-c_/d inches by #c_/d inch1 and coloured yellow4 ,these are folded and cut as in ,figs4 #cja and #cjb4 ,part a is gummed to the side of the car1 flap b is gummed to the floor4 ,the second seat is gummed back to back to the first seat 7,fig4 #cjc74 ,the top of the car will hold about six of these double seats4 ,single seats can be gummed in the corners4 ,steering-wheels are made as in ,fig4 #bib4 ,the top is of cardboard1 cut or marked as in the figure and coloured black4 ,this is gummed to a round rod1 about #a-c_/d inches in length1 which is fastened to the end of the car 7,n in ,fig4 #bib74 ,a similar steering-wheel is fastened to the other end4 ,,chapter ,v ,a ,,crane ,a ,crane4 ,foundation1 ,arm1 ,pulley4 ,cut a piece of wood about #e-a_/b inches by #d-a_/b inches 7,h in ,fig4 #cjd74 ,cut a second piece a square1 ,a1 side #b-a_/b inches4 ,cut off the corners4 ,this forms a stand on which the crane1 etc41 is fastened4 ,cut a piece of stripwood1 #a_/d x #a_/b x #h4 ,this is the arm of the crane1 ,c1 and is usually inclined at an angle of #de to #fj4 ,to support this arm cut ,b with sides about #c_/d inch1 angles #de or #fj and #cj4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cjd ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cje ,cut two pieces of stripwood #a_/d inch by #a_/d inch1 each #b inches in length2 shape like ,e and ,f in ,fig4 #cje4 ,these can now be glued and nailed to the arm ,c1 projecting an inch beyond4 ,a wheel for the pulley is cut from a round rod about #c_/d inch in diameter4 ,if a groove is to be made round the circumference1 the wheel should be about #a_/d to #c_/h inch thick4 ,the groove is made with a file4 ,a simple way to make the groove is to cut two cardboard discs a little larger in diameter than the wheel and glue them to each side of the wheel1 in which case the latter need not be quite so thick4 ,a hole is drilled through the wheel and enlarged by a round file to #a_/d inch in diameter4 ,a piece of wood is now rounded for an axle1 so that the wheel turns on it easily4 ,this must fit tightly between ,e and ,f4 ,pass it through the wheel and glue it in position 7,g in ,fig4 #cje74 ,winding ,gear4 ,cut two pieces of stripwood1 #a_/d x #a_/b x #b1 ,j and ,k in ,fig4 #cjd4 ,round their tops1 drill and enlarge holes in them4 ,a hole must now be made through the centre of ,a1 to enable this part to rotate on the foundation ,h1 so that the crane may swing round in any direction4 ,one of the simplest ways of doing this is to use a rivet1 but if such is not procurable a screw may be used2 the hole in ,a is made large enough for ,a to turn easily on the pivot which can be screwed into ,h4 ,before this is done1 pieces ,j and ,k are fastened to ,a about one inch apart4 ,to do this1 drive nails right through ,a in correct positions1 glue the ends of ,j and ,k and hammer them on to the nails4 ,the head of the nail should rest on a piece of metal when the wood is being hammered down on its point4 ,the support ,b should now be glued and nailed to ,a4 ,when ,b is firmly fixed the arm ,c is fastened to it4 ,the hole in the centre of ,a must be left clear4 ,a is now riveted or screwed to ,h4 ,a wooden axle1 ,p1 is made to pass through holes in ,j and ,k1 and to the ends of this axle wheels are glued4 7,the figure shows one only47 ,the wheels can be made from reels1 or several discs of cardboard gummed together4 ,before glueing on the wheels1 wooden handles1 ,l1 are fastened to them4 ,a wooden handle ,o is fastened to ,a4 ,this is used for turning the crane4 ,a piece of stout thread is tied to and wound round ,p and passed over the pulley4 ,to the end of this a hook is fastened1 made from wire or a bent pin4 ,bags can be made and filled with sawdust1 etc4 ,illustration3 ,,plate ,,xi ,a ,,crane ,,chapter ,,vi ,,windmill1 ,,water-,,wheel1 ,,and ,,well ,windmill 7,plate ,,xii74 ,cut a square of wood1 side #e inches4 ,this is the stand ,a in ,fig4 #cjf4 ,to the centre of this glue a large reel1 ,b4 ,next cut two #d-;inch squares of wood and drill through their centres holes of about #a_/d inch in diameter4 ,glue one to the top of the reel so that the holes coincide4 ,next cut and glue into position the supports1 ,c4 ,for these stripwood #a_/b inch by #a_/b inch can be used4 ,cut two pieces of wood1 #d inches by #f inches4 ,these form two sides of the windmill2 glue and nail them to the other #d-;inch square1 which forms the bottom of the windmill4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cjf ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cjg ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cjh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cji ,next cut two pieces of wood as in ,fig4 #cjg1 for the other sides of the windmill4 ,drill a small hole in each at ,d about #a-a_/b inches from the top4 ,on one of these sides mark and paint a door and windows as in ,fig4 #cjh1 and over the door make a small roof1 like the roof over the porch of the signal-box 7,chapter ,,xii74 ,the windows and door may be cut out with a fret-saw and the door hinged on by means of a strip of strong linen4 ,glue and nail these sides in position4 ,make and fix the roof4 ,the ,sails4 ,for these1 two strips of wood1 #a_/d inch square and #ab inches long1 are necessary4 ,in the centre of each of these1 cut a slot half-way through the wood so that one may fit tightly into the other 7,f in ,fig4 #cji74 ,the sails are made of cardboard1 and are rectangular in shape1 measuring #e inches by #b inches4 ,they are coloured light brown1 with dark markings on them1 as shown in the plate4 ,shape each end of the arms of the sails as in ,fig4 #cji4 ,this is easily done by filing1 if the wood is fairly soft4 ,saw half-way through the wood at ,e1 and file1 or cut off the wood with a pen-knife4 ,to this flat surface the sails are glued1 so that they may be inclined to the wind4 ,now glue the two arms together1 and when they are firm make a hole through the middle1 ,f1 where the arms cross4 ,take a short steel knitting needle1 about #f-c_/d inches2 fix one end into this hole with glue2 then glue a small piece of cardboard or wood over it1 and a cork washer behind1 to keep the sails from touching the walls of the windmill2 pass the needle through the holes in the sides of the windmill and glue a little knob of wood to the other end to prevent the needle slipping back4 ,if a needle cannot be obtained1 an old bicycle spoke1 or even a wooden meat skewer1 will do1 but in the latter case the holes in the walls must be made larger1 and the sails fixed to the end of the skewer by a small nail4 ,now glue a piece of round rod into the reel 7,h in ,fig4 #cjf7 so that it projects about an inch4 ,place the mill on this stand1 so that the rod passes through the hole in the bottom of the mill4 ,the mill can be turned round in any direction so that the sails may catch the wind4 ,make a small ladder to reach the door4 ,a very pretty but somewhat more difficult windmill is shown in ,fig4 #caj4 ,it is made of cardboard4 ,the foundation1 platform and railings can be made as described in the case of the lighthouse 7,chapter ,,xiii74 ,the truncated hexagonal pyramid forming the body of the windmill is made as follows4 ,with centre ,o 7,fig4 #caa71 and a radius of about #aj inches1 describe an arc1 ,a ,b4 ,from any point on this arc mark off six spaces1 each #b inches4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #caj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #caa ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cab ,join the several points to each other and to ,o4 ,with radius about #c inches make arc ,c ,d4 ,join points where ,c ,d cuts radii1 by dotted lines4 ,draw the flanges2 make half cuts along the dotted lines1 cut out along the dark lines1 and fold into shape4 ,fasten together with seccotine2 turn in the flanges at the bottom1 and fasten them to the platform4 ,the ,top of the ,windmill can be cut from one piece of cardboard4 ,draw square1 ,a ,b ,c ,d 7,fig4 #cab71 large enough to project beyond top of hexagonal pyramid 7side of square should be about #c inches74 ,on the middle of ,d ,c draw ,m ,k #d inches1 and draw a similar line on ,a ,b4 ,join ,a ,j1 ,j ,b1 ,k ,d and ,k ,c1 by curved lines4 ,produce ,a ,b and ,d ,c both ways4 ,make ,b ,f1 ,c ,e1 ,d ,h1 ,a ,g1 equal in length to arc ,b ,j4 ,draw the flange ,e ,f ,p ,o4 ,make holes in the middle of ,a ,j ,b and ,d ,k ,c through which the knitting-needle 7on which the sail is fastened7 may pass4 ,draw flanges on ,b ,j1 ,j ,a1 etc4 ,make half cuts along the dotted lines1 and cut along the dark lines4 ,before fastening the top together1 put a very small paper-clip through the middle of square1 ,a ,b ,c ,d1 and fasten it to a square of cardboard of the same size1 so that it turns freely on it4 ,this second square will be gummed to the top of the hexagonal pyramid1 so that the top of the windmill may be turned in any direction4 ,bend up ,a ,j ,b and ,d ,k ,c at right angles to square1 ,a ,b ,c ,d4 ,bend up ,b ,c ,e ,f and ,a ,d ,h ,g and gum them to the flanges of ,a ,j ,b and ,d ,k ,c2 gum flange ,f ,o to ,a ,d ,h ,g4 ,the sails are made as already described4 ,a ,water-wheel 7,plate ,,xii74 ,the ,wheel4 ,cut two discs of cardboard1 #d inches in diameter4 ,make holes in the centre1 glue them to a small reel 7about an inch high71 and pass a round rod through for an axle4 ,this wheel is an overshot water-wheel--that is1 one that receives the water shot over the top1 and must be fitted with 'buckets4' ,these receive the water at the top of the wheel and retain it until they reach the lowest point 7see ,fig4 #cac74 ,the 'buckets' may be made of stiff paper or thin cardboard4 ,cut pieces #a inch in width1 and in length the distance of the two wheels apart plus #a_/b an inch4 ,mark these out as in ,fig4 #cad1 where a b is the distance between the wheels1 and c1 d1 e1 f are flanges for fastening the bucket to the wheels4 ,fold as in ,fig4 #cae4 ,make at least twelve of these buckets2 divide the wheel into twelve parts1 and fasten the buckets between the wheels4 ,illustration3 ,,windmill ,,and ,,watermill ,illustration3 ,,plate ,,xii ,,drawbridge 7,chapter ,,vii7 ,to make the toy technically correct1 the buckets should rest against a solid wheel contained within the two outer ones1 as in ,fig4 #cac1 so that no water can run down toward the centre of the wheel4 ,this can be easily managed1 if desired1 in the following manner3 ,before fastening the wheels to the reel1 cut a long strip of paper1 with flanges1 as in ,fig4 #caf1 in which a b is the distance between the two outer wheels4 ,describe a smaller circle on one of the wheels1 about #c inches in diameter2 glue the reel in position1 then bend down the flanges of this strip of paper 7,fig4 #caf71 and gum these round the smaller circle of the wheel4 ,now gum the other wheel to the reel and to the flanges of the paper4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cac ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cad ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cae ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #caf ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cag ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cah ,the wheel should be painted brown1 with spokes marked in darker colour4 ,the plate shows the wheel and the mill-house4 ,a hole is made in the side of the house1 into which the axle of the wheel is inserted2 the other end is held by the upright standard shown in the plate4 ,the shoot may be made of cardboard2 it should slope a little and should come just over the top of the wheel1 which revolves freely beneath it4 ,a chimney may be made of a cork1 one end being cut on the slant1 so that it stands upright on the roof1 which is made of cardboard4 ,the whole should be suitably coloured4 ,an ,undershot ,wheel4 ,this wheel is very simple to make4 ,it has a number of float-boards arranged round it and is turned by a stream of water moving against the float-boards at its lowest point 7,fig4 #cag74 ,fig4 #cah shows how the float-boards1 which are made of cardboard1 are fastened between the wheels4 ,with this undershot wheel1 the shoot represented in the plate is not required4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cai ,a ,well 7,fig4 #cai74 ,the round part of the well is made from a mantle-box or other round box4 ,a is a fairly deep box turned upside down1 with a circle cut out into which the mantle-box fits closely4 ,this gives a fair depth4 ,cover the well with paper coloured to represent bricks2 colour the box1 ,a1 green4 ,the cardboard roof is glued to posts1 ,d1 and to triangular pieces of wood1 ,b and ,c1 glued to each side of ,d4 ,holes are drilled through the posts to take the roller1 ,e1 which is a round rod about #a_/b an inch in diameter4 ,drill small holes in it at each end4 ,push a pin from the end ,f through the side post into the roller4 ,bind a piece of wire to form a handle1 ,g1 and push one end of this into the roller4 ,bend a piece of wire or pin to form a hook1 tie this to a piece of string1 wind it round the roller and fasten the other end of the string to roller with seccotine4 ,if a small chain is used this can be fastened by one of its links to the roller with a staple1 and should be so fastened before the roller is put in position4 ,,chapter ,,vii ,,drawbridge ,,and ,,siege ,,tower ,a ,drawbridge 7,plate ,,xii74 ,two pieces of wood for the front1 ,h and ,i 7,fig4 #cbj71 must first be sawn #aa inches by #b-a_/b inches4 ,the white wood of chocolate boxes1 etc41 is the best4 ,next two strips of wood1 #g #a_/d #a_/d are cut 7satin walnut stripwood will do7--,d ,e and ,f ,g in ,fig4 #cba4 ,the bridge is made of a piece of white wood1 #b-e_/h inches by #e-a_/d inches4 ,the posts1 ,d ,e and ,f ,g1 are nailed to the bridge so that the bridge turns on the nails4 7,note that the bridge is nailed about #c-a_/d inches from bottom of post47 ,next two lengths of stripwood1 ,r ,s1 are sawn #aj #a_/b #a_/d1 these are nailed to pieces ,h and ,i 7nails are about #h-a_/b inches from bottom71 so that the portions ,r ,t project about #e-a_/b inches4 ,the strips ,r ,s turn freely on their nails4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cbj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cba ,before nailing them in position1 their ends should be rounded as in the figure4 ,the posts ,g ,f and ,d ,e 7which hold the bridge7 are then glued to ,h and ,i4 ,a piece of wood1 ,v1 about #h inches by #b-a_/c inches1 is glued to the lower parts of ,h and ,i1 and joins them together4 ,next the piece of wood ,q is cut2 its width will be the distance of post ,f ,g from ,d ,e 7about #b-a_/b inches7--this distance should be carefully measured so that the piece fits well2 its length will be about #e inches4 ,the arch is cut with a fret-saw4 ,piece ,q is kept in position by having the ends of the arch glued to posts ,f ,g and ,d ,e1 and by a length of stripwood 7#a_/b inch by #a_/d inch7 glued along the top as shown in the plate4 ,lengths of stripwood 7#a_/b inch by #a_/d inch7 may also be glued down the sides4 ,holes must be drilled in the ends1 ,r1 for wire loops1 care being taken that these holes are over the bridge2 wire loops must be placed on the bridge exactly underneath1 and these loops are joined by chains1 which can be made of wire or else bought from an ironmonger4 ,fig4 #cbj shows the inside of the drawbridge2 ,a1 ,b1 ,c and ,d are the lead weights for raising and lowering the beams4 ,these weights can be cut from a piece of sheet lead or may be lead buttons4 ,they are attached to the beams by chains and wire hooks4 ,e ,f is a ledge for the defenders of the bridge to stand on4 ,sides have been added and a platform1 ,l4 ,the battlements1 ,g1 ,h1 ,k1 etc41 are made of pieces of stripwood #a_/b #a_/b #a_/d1 glued round the top4 ,the ladder is made of matches as described in ,chapter ,,ix4 ,a ,movable ,siege ,tower 7,plate ,,xiii74 ,two pieces of wood 7,a and ,b in ,fig4 #cbb7 are sawn to the shape and measurements of ,fig4 #cbc4 ,to the broader ends of these1 pieces of stripwood #a_/b inch by #a_/b inch are glued and nailed 7,c in ,fig4 #cbc71 and other pieces1 ,d1 #a_/d inch by #a_/d inch 7about three on each side71 are fastened at equal distances apart4 ,d#c and the corresponding piece on the other side must not extend to edge of ,b1 but a space must be left of #a_/b inch for the posts of the drawbridge4 ,next the wood is cut for the foundation and the platforms1 ,j1 ,h1 etc4 ,a stands about #f inches from ,b1 so this must be the width of all the platforms1 except the foundation1 ,f1 which is wider and projects about #c_/d inch on each side of ,a and ,b1 and the platform ,k1 which rests on ,a and ,b4 ,the other dimensions of the platforms will be the same as those of the pieces of stripwood on which they rest4 ,the platform ,k must be about #a_/d inch narrower than tops of ,a and ,b1 to leave room for posts ,l and ,m4 ,a and ,b are now glued and nailed to the base by means of the pieces of stripwood1 ,c1 at their ends1 and the platforms are glued in position4 ,two pieces of stripwood #a_/d inch by #a_/b inch1 ,s and ,t in ,fig4 #cbd1 are now cut equal in length to distance of ,k from ,h1 for the supports of bridge4 ,place these in position between ,k and ,h1 and measure distance between them2 this gives width of drawbridge2 its length is #f-a_/d inches4 ,this can now be sawn4 ,fix in position as explained for previous toy4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cbb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cbc ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cbd ,next cut two pieces of stripwood #a_/b #a_/d #aj-a_/b1 ,l and ,m4 ,at the ends of these drill holes1 #a_/d inch in diameter1 through which passes the chain of the drawbridge4 ,fix these in position by triangular wedges glued to sides and to platform ,j4 ,on top1 ,k1 add struts to support ,m and ,l1 as shown in the plate4 ,the chains of the drawbridge are looped over nails driven into ,a and ,b1 just above platform ,j4 ,the base may be mounted on small wheels and strengthened with projecting beams by which the tower may be pushed into position4 7,these are not shown in plate47 ,ladders to reach the top can also be made 7see ,chapter ,,ix71 and a battering ram may be swung from platform ,h1 as shown in the plate4 ,a tower of this kind was used by the ,crusaders in the siege of ,jerusalem 7#ajii74 ,illustration3 ,,plate ,,xiii ,,medi,,val ,,siege ,,tower ,,trapget ,,chapter ,,viii ,,war ,,engines ,,past ,,and ,,present ,a ,war ,engine 7,plate ,,xiii74 ,this piece of artillery was used at the time of the crusade of ,richard ,i4 ,it is a simple and interesting model to make4 ,the sides 7,a ,b ,c ,d in ,fig4 #cbe7 are built up of pieces of stripwood #a_/d inch by #a_/d inch1 length about #c inches1 or the sides may be pieces of cigar-box4 ,if made of stripwood1 grooves can be filed in the two bottom pieces to make holes1 ,e1 when these pieces are glued together4 ,a round rod passes through these holes to form a windlass4 ,two posts1 ,f and ,g1 #a_/d #a_/b #c-a_/d1 are glued to the sides about #a-a_/b inches from end1 ,a ,c1 as in figure2 these must either have holes drilled through them for a rod of wood 7or thick wire7 or have circular grooves filed in the tops into which a rod can be glued4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cbe ,the sides a b c d and ,a ,b ,c ,d should be about #b-a_/b inches apart1 and are kept together by pieces of stripwood glued across the bottom4 ,make struts as in the figure to support posts ,f and ,g4 ,the beam ,h ,k may be made from a piece of stripwood1 #a_/b #a_/b #e1 filed to a round shape4 ,two pieces of wire1 ,l ,l1 are bent to form a fork and two hooks1 ,m and ,n are bound firmly to one end with thread4 ,the other end1 ,k1 has a small screw-eye screwed into it through which passes a wooden bolt to keep the rings of lead1 ,o1 from slipping off4 ,these rings of lead are easily made from strips cut from a piece of sheet lead and bent round the beam4 7,a pair of old scissors should be kept for cutting lead1 or a knife and hammer may be used47 ,now the beam ,h ,k must be fastened to rod ,p ,q4 ,this may be done in different ways4 ,the simplest but least effective way is to bind the beam firmly in the middle to the rod with thread or elastic4 ,a second way is to drill a hole through the beam1 through which the thread or elastic that binds it to the rod can pass4 ,the best way perhaps is to make the hole in the beam large enough for rod ,p ,q to pass through1 and then bind it to the rod with elastic or thread or1 if a large model is being made1 catgut4 7,a jeweller is generally ready to give away a small quantity of this47 ,a barrel1 ,r1 can be filed or cut from a small piece of wood or cork1 or it may be a small reel4 ,to work the machine pull the beam down by means of a piece of thread looped on to the hook ,m and wound around the windlass4 ,when the beam head is down1 place the barrel on the fork and keep it in position by rope1 ,s4 ,when the beam head is released1 it flies up and the barrel is shot forward4 ,this trapget or war engine was used for casting ,greek fire1 with which the barrel was filled4 ,it may interest the maker of this toy to know its composition4 ,in the words of an old writer3 ,you make ,greek fire thus3 ,take quick-sulphur1 dregs of wine1 ,persian gum1 'baked salt1' pitch1 petroleum1 and common oil4 ,boil these together4 ,then whatever is placed therein and lighted1 whether wood or iron1 cannot be extinguished except with vinegar or salt4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cbf ,generally this engine had a kind of wooden hood in front to protect those working the machine 7,fig4 #cbf74 ,this hood is easily made of stripwood or an old cigar-box4 ,notice that the stripwood that forms the sides1 ,a ,b ,c ,d1 must be longer 7extended in diagram to ,s ,t71 so that strips of wood1 #a1 #b1 #c1 #d1 #e1 can be nailed and glued as in diagram4 ,the ,mangonel1 ,fig4 #cbg 7an instrument for casting great stones to beat down walls and to slay the enemy71 makes an interesting toy4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cbg ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cbh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cbi ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ccj ,first cut two pieces of wood1 #aj-a_/d inches by #a-c_/d inches 7the sides of a wooden chocolate box will do when sawn the right size and filed71 and shape them as in ,fig4 #cbh4 ,saw slits in both pieces at ,g1 #a_/d inch wide and #a_/b inch deep4 ,if two saw-cuts are made for each slit the wood between can be cut away with a pen-knife4 ,these slits must be about #b-c_/d inches from end1 b d4 ,with a round file make semicircles at c and e to hold the rollers on which the engine is moved into position4 ,with a bradawl and round file make holes1 ,f1 in both pieces about #c-a_/b inches from end1 ,a 7diameter of hole about #c_/h inch1 or larger if a larger windlass is required74 ,put these two pieces aside1 and next saw a length of stripwood1 #a_/b #a_/b #e2 saw a slit about #a_/d inch from one end and hammer it on the metal top of a bottle of ,le ,page's liquid glue as in ,fig4 #cbi4 ,the corner a should be cut or filed off4 ,a small screw-eye is screwed into the wood just below the metal top4 ,saw a piece of stripwood1 #a_/b #a_/d #c-a_/b1 tie this firmly with elastic to the other end of the first piece of stripwood as in ,fig4 #ccj4 ,this elastic constitutes the propulsive force4 ,the ancients used catgut1 which formed a thick coil1 stretched from ,h to ,k1 the lever passing through the middle of the coil4 ,the pulling down of the lever gave additional twist to the coil1 which reacted strongly on release4 ,now fasten the sides a b c d and ,a ,b ,c ,d together by nailing and glueing them to two pieces of stripwood1 #a_/b #a_/b #b-a_/d4 ,then glue ,h ,k securely into the slots ,g so that the beam with the stone-holder ,m is upright4 ,push a round stick through the holes ,f1 for a windlass2 this can have holes drilled in the portions that project1 to hold sticks for turning the rod4 ,a piece of thread is tied to the screw-eye ,q1 and wound round the windlass ,f2 when this thread is tightened the beam is pulled down1 then when let go it flies up1 causing anything placed in the tin1 ,m1 to be shot some distance4 ,the safest 'stones' to put in this pan are pieces of cork or small pieces of wood4 ,the following additions can be made to the model3 7#a7 ,,rr are pieces of stripwood1 #a_/b #a_/d #d1 glued to the sides and carrying a strip1 ,t4 ,this strip ,t in the olden days was covered with leather and was so placed that the beam carrying the stone-holder would abut against it4 ,notice the struts ,w for supporting the posts ,r4 7#b7 ,n ,o is a rod 7about #a_/d inch in diameter7 passing through two small screw-eyes fixed in a piece of stripwood1 ,s1 #a_/b #a_/d #c-a_/d4 ,a piece of strong wire1 ,p1 passes through hole in rod ,n ,o2 it is bent so that it cannot work out1 and the other end is bent to just catch the holder1 ,m1 when it is pulled down4 ,a releasing handle is fastened to the rod1 ,n ,o at ,o4 ,the beam ,s is glued into slots in ,a ,b ,c ,d and a b c d1 so that when the beam is pulled down the catch ,p clutches ,m4 7#c7 ,small screw-eyes may be screwed in at ,a1 a1 ,b1 b1 for holding ropes to fasten the machine to pegs in the ground4 ,rollers may also be made to fit under ,c and ,e4 ,this toy is an attractive one1 because it really works successfully4 ,it must be strongly put together1 for the beam when pulled down flies up with considerable force4 ,stone-throwers like this were used at the siege of ,acre4 ,very often these engines had special names given to them4 ,for example ,philip of ,france had a very good engine of war called ',the ,bad ,neighbour1' and inside ,acre the ,turks had one called ',the ,bad ,kinsman4' ,cannons of the ,fourteenth ,century4 ,these are very easily made4 ,figs4 #cca and #ccb show two that can be copied4 ,in ,fig4 #cca a piece of wood is cut to the shape of ,a ,b2 a groove is then filed in it1 into which the cannon ,c is glued4 ,the cannon may be made of a roll of brown paper 7two pieces may be pasted together for greater strength7 with four bands of cartridge paper painted yellow and gummed round it1 or it may be a piece of wood filed to shape and circled with bands of lead4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cca ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ccb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ccc ,the cannon in ,fig4 #ccb consists of two cardboard wheels on an axle of stripwood1 #a_/d inch by #a_/d inch1 and the cannon is glued to a groove in the axle4 ,it may be made of wood with a lead rim1 or of two rolls of brown paper as in ,fig4 #ccc1 where the flanges of the smaller roll ,a are gummed to flanges of ,b4 ,cannon of the ,fifteenth ,century4 ,this may be made of a short mantle-box 7with lids on71 cardboard wheels and pieces of stripwood1 #a_/d inch by #a_/d inch4 ,fig4 #ccd shows the finished cannon4 ,the stripwood cart which the cannon rests on must be made to fit the mantle-box2 the shafts a may be straight or curved4 ,round holes may be cut at b4 ,this same cannon may be fitted with axles1 and swing between two posts4 ,the wheels should be painted black1 and the mantle-box covered with black paper1 with bands of yellow paper at #a1 #b and #c4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ccd ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cce ,toward the end of the fifteenth century artillery was much improved4 ,fig4 #cce shows a gun that is interesting to make4 ,the carriage consists of two pieces of stripwood1 #a_/b #a_/d #h 7a b and c d in ,fig4 #cce74 ,a cannon1 ,e1 is made out of a roll of brown paper1 length #c-a_/b inches1 diameter about #c_/d inch1 and glued between a b and c d1 or it may simply rest on cross-pieces of wood joining a b and c d4 ,g is a piece of wood1 #a_/d #c_/d #c-a_/b1 turning on a pin or piece of wire1 ,h1 which passes through a b and c d4 a b and c d are glued to a piece of stripwood ,f 7#a_/d inch by #a_/d inch7 which has its projecting ends rounded to receive two cardboard wheels4 ,the great fault of these earlier cannons was that though they were often of immense bore and weight1 throwing balls of from one to five hundredweights1 they were for the most part without carriages1 and therefore very difficult to move about and very slow in their operations4 ,the ,scots were the first to anticipate the modern gun-carriage by what they called 'carts of war1' which carried two guns4 ,many of the guns of the ,english required fifty horses to drag them6 ',mons ,meg' 7a fifteenth-century cannon still to be seen at ,edinburgh ,castle7 is an easy model to make4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ccf ,parts ,a and ,b 7,fig4 #ccf7 are drawn on cardboard1 cut out and coloured 7brown and black74 ,they are joined together by strips of cardboard at a b and c d4 ,to the cardboard at a b the cannon is gummed4 ,the wheels are of cardboard1 the axle of stripwood 7#a_/d inch by #a_/d inch74 ,mons ,meg fired a granite ball weighing #cjj lb4 ,a ,tudor ,cannon 7,fig4 #ccg74 ,the sides ,a ,a may be cut out of cardboard or1 better still1 of three-ply wood with the fret-saw4 ,the wheels are solid discs and may also be cut out with the fret-saw1 holes being drilled in the centre for the axle4 ,the cannon itself can be shaped out of wood with pen-knife and file1 or a cardboard roll 7such as is used for transmitting music or pictures7 can be used1 the thicker parts are then made by gumming additional pieces of cardboard round it1 or glueing strips of lead4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ccg ,it is difficult to discover when gunpowder was first used4 ,probably its use was learnt from the ,saracens in the fourteenth century4 ,roger ,bacon 78 #abad-abid7 suggested that it might be used in warfare4 ,in a ,florentine document of #acbf mention is made of the use of gunpowder in ,europe4 ,the first use of the cannon recorded in ,english history is in #acbg1 when ,edward ,,iii was at war with ,scotland4 ,in making the guns described in this chapter it is necessary to distinguish between breech-loading cannons and muzzle-loading4 ,the breech-loader is loaded from the breech or rear end of the barrel and not at the muzzle4 ,figs4 #ccd1 #cce and #ccg are examples of this kind and therefore must have a hole at each end4 ,figs4 #cca and #ccb are examples of muzzle-loading cannons and therefore have holes only at one end4 ,during the sixteenth century breech-loading was gradually abandoned for muzzle-loading owing to the large escape of gas and air at the breech4 ,it was not until #ahfj that it was reverted to with great improvements4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cch ,a ,ship ,cannon4 ,a piece of wood 7about #a_/d inch thick1 the side of a wooden chocolate-box or any other light box will do7 is first sawn out #e-a_/b inches by #b inches 7,a in ,fig4 #cch74 ,another piece of wood1 ,b1 #d-a_/b inches by #b inches1 is cut and glued on the first piece4 ,three pieces of stripwood #a_/d inch by #a_/b inch1 ,c1 ,d1 ,e1 are cut to lengths #c-a_/b inches1 #b-c_/d inches1 #b inches respectively4 ,these are glued on one side as in the figure1 and similar strips are cut and glued to the other side4 ,two pieces of stripwood1 ,f1 #a_/b #a_/b #a-a_/b1 have holes drilled half way through them1 to receive the pivots of the gun1 but must not be glued on to ,e until the gun is in position4 ,the cannon is made of a roll of brown paper #f inches long2 one end should be narrower than the other 7the widest end say #a inch in diameter1 the narrowest end #a_/b inch to #c_/d inch74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cci ,the roll must be securely fastened together by seccotine1 two layers of brown paper make a strong cannon2 black paper is then pasted over it and bands of brown paper as in ,fig4 #cci4 ,a hole is pierced through the cannon about half-way along it1 and a round stick1 ,k ,m1 passed through2 this pivot should be just long enough to fit into blocks ,f when these are fixed and glued in position4 ,before this is done1 the wheels should be made and fastened on4 ,this is an easy matter4 ,two lengths of stripwood 7#a_/d inch by #a_/b inch7 are cut #b-a_/d inches long4 ,the little wheels 7#c_/d inch in diameter7 are cut from any round rod available1 or if no rod can be obtained they may be cut out of cardboard4 ,holes are drilled in the wheels and nails with large heads passed through and driven into the stripwood4 ,the axles are either glued or nailed to the bottom of ,a4 ,finally the pivot1 ,k ,m1 is fitted into its blocks1 and these are glued into position4 ,a wedge can be made to slip in under the cannon to raise and lower it4 ,the wedge should be just wide enough to slip in between the two layers of stripwood4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cdj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cda ,a ,modern ,breech-loading ,field ,gun 7,fig4 #cda74 ,this is a simple toy to make4 ,a piece of stripwood1 ,a1 #a_/d #a_/d #b1 must first be cut1 and the ends1 ,b and ,c1 rounded for about #a_/b inch 7,fig4 #cdj74 ,next two pieces of stripwood1 ,d and ,e1 #a_/d #a_/d #a-a_/d1 are cut4 ,these must have their tops rounded as in ,fig4 #cda1 and have holes drilled through them to receive a rounded match1 ,g4 ,f is a piece of wood #a_/b #a_/d #e_/h4 ,pieces ,f1 ,d and ,e are glued or nailed to ,a4 ,before the pivot ,g is put in position the cannon must be made4 ,this is a roll of black paper1 #c-c_/d inches long1 #a_/b inch in diameter at widest end1 and #a_/d inch at the narrowest4 ,holes are made through it to receive the pivot4 ,the ends of the match sticks that project beyond ,d and ,e can be cut off4 ,next the wheels are cut4 ,these may be cardboard discs of diameter #a-c_/h inches4 ,a piece of wood1 ,h1 is next cut1 #a_/b #a_/b #d-a_/b1 and worked to the shape shown in ,fig4 #cda4 ,the end ,l must be sawn at an angle1 so that when ,h is glued on1 ,d is perpendicular4 ,the end ,l is glued to the piece of wood1 ,f4 ,k is a piece of cardboard with a hole through it for pulling the cannon along2 it is glued to end ,m4 ,the wheels1 etc41 should be painted black or grey4 ,the cannon itself may be made of white paper and painted grey or yellow1 or else made of yellow or light brown paper4 ,a ,cart must next be made to carry ammunition for the cannon4 ,the shells for the cannon described would be about #b-a_/d inches long1 so the cart must be #b-a_/b inches long1 and #a-c_/d inches wide 7,fig4 #cdb74 ,it can be made of wood or cardboard4 ,notice the end to which the lid is attached4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cdb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cdc ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cdd ,the wheels must be the same size as those used for the cannon and can be made and attached in the same way to an axle1 but this axle must project some distance beyond the wheel1 as in ,fig4 #cdc1 and have a groove filed round it1 so that short chains may be fastened on each side2 ropes are attached to these chains to allow the cart to be pulled along by hand4 ,fig4 #cdd shows the shaft4 ,it is #a-a_/b times the length of the cart4 ,it can be made of strips of cardboard or wood4 ,matches painted black make good shells4 ,,chapter ,,ix ,a ,,fire-,,escape 7,,plate ,,xiv7 ,to make this toy1 plenty of used matches are required1 and some strips of light wood 7that obtained from a soap-box or chocolate-box will do7 and liquid glue4 ,two lengths of wood1 ,q ,r and ,s ,t1 are cut #ab-a_/b #a_/b #a_/d1 and one long edge of each is rounded4 ,these pieces are sand-papered if they are rough or uneven4 ,twenty-three pencil dots half an inch apart are marked down the middle of the widest side of one piece4 ,the two pieces are then clamped together 7the piece with the #bc marks on top71 and holes drilled through them both together with an ,archimedean drill4 ,next seventeen matches are taken1 and cut exactly to the length #a-c_/d inches2 the ends are tapered so that they will fit in the holes drilled4 ,beginning from one end of one long strip1 hammer these matches in the first seventeen holes1 place the second long strip of wood on top of these matches1 so that the first seventeen holes are exactly over the seventeen matches and hammer it on4 7,be careful to hammer in between the holes1 a file makes a good hammer47 ,hammer first one strip1 and then the other until the matches are driven firmly in the holes1 as far as they will go2 file away all projecting ends of matches4 ,through the eighteenth hole of ,q ,r and ,s ,t1 a long piece of wood1 ,a ,b1 must pass to project #a-a_/c inches on each side of the ladder 7,fig4 #cde74 ,two pieces of wood1 #c-a_/b #a_/b #a_/d 7,c ,d and ,e ,f71 are cut1 and have six holes drilled in them2 these six holes must be marked off from the six remaining holes in the main ladder1 so that they will come exactly opposite them2 these pieces are secured to the main ladder by matches1 and by the cross-piece1 ,a ,b4 ,the whole ladder is then glued to a strip of wood1 ,g ,h1 #a_/b inch by #a_/d inch of a length equal to the total width of the ladder4 ,this can be put aside for a time4 ,next the shaft in ,fig4 #cdf is made4 ,k ,p is the same length as ,g ,h in ,fig4 #cde and about #a_/d inch by #a_/d inch2 ,k ,m1 ,l ,n1 ,o ,j1 ,p ,u are each #d-a_/d inches long1 they are the same distances apart as ,c ,g1 ,q ,r1 ,s ,t and ,e ,h in ,fig4 #cde4 ,they are held together by strips1 ,v1 ,w1 ,x1 ,y1 ,z4 ,these strips may be matches2 in this case they must be inserted first1 and then the whole of ,k ,m ,p ,u is glued to ,k ,p4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cde ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cdf ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cdg ,this shaft is fastened to the main ladder in ,fig4 #cde midway between ,a ,b and ,g ,h1 so that when the shaft is horizontal the main ladder makes an angle of #gb with it4 ,fig4 #cdg shows the shaft ,m ,k1 ,p ,u1 attached to the main ladder2 it is supported in its place by four struts1 two on each side 7a and b in ,fig4 #cdg74 ,care must be taken to saw off the ends ,m1 ,n1 ,j1 ,u 7,fig4 #cdf7 so that they rest exactly against ,c ,d1 ,r ,q1 ,s ,t1 ,e ,f 7,fig4 #cde71 at about an angle of #gb4 ,the ends of the struts must also be carefully bevelled to fit2 the main ladder can then be glued to the shaft and the struts to the main ladder and shaft4 ,small wheels of cardboard or wood are nailed 7as for ship's cannon7 at each end of ,g ,h4 ,an axle for the larger wheels must be made to be glued on ,k ,p 7,fig4 #cdg74 ,care must be taken in deciding on the size of the large wheels1 the diameter must be such a length that the shaft1 ,k ,m ,p ,u1 is parallel to the ground4 ,illustration3 ,,plate ,,xiv ,,fire-,,escape ,next the back portion shown on the plate is made similarly to the shaft shown in ,fig4 #cdf4 ,it is glued to ,g ,h so as to be at right angles to the main ladder4 ,pieces of wire bent and pushed into holes in ,c ,d and ,e ,f form railings4 ,pieces of stout thread are attached to strengthen the whole1 as shown in the plate4 ,an extra ladder 7necessarily narrower7 can be made to rest on the bar1 ,x1 and lean inside a piece of bent wire as shown4 ,the wheels can be made of cardboard or sawn from any of the materials suggested in ,part ,i1 ,chapter ,,xiii4 ,note4--,in making the fire-escape it will be a help to cut out two cardboard angles of #gb1 these help to keep the shaft ,k ,m ,p ,u in the right position while the glue is drying4 ,,chapter ,x ,,castle1 ,,tournament1 ,,and ,,fair ,a ,castle 7,plate ,,xv74 ,fig4 #cdh is an example of a medival castle and is somewhat similar to the ,castle of ,chaluz1 which was besieged by ,richard ,i4 ,it is made of cardboard of medium thickness4 ,first make the four towers1 ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 ,d ,fig4 #cdi4 ,cut a piece of cardboard #aj inches by #h-a_/d inches4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cdh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cdi ,divide this as in ,fig4 #cej1 and make half cuts along the dotted lines4 ,cut out the windows4 ,fold and gum together4 ,make the other towers in the same way4 ,to make overhanging battlements1 cut pieces of stripwood #a_/b inch by #a_/d inch the correct length1 and glue them round the tops of the towers 7,fig4 #cea74 ,then cut out pieces of cardboard as in ,fig4 #ceb1 and gum these to the wood4 ,it is best to cut a strip of cardboard long enough for two sides only1 and to make a half cut at the bend2 then to cut another strip for the other two sides4 ,small pieces can be cut off a length of stripwood1 #a_/d inch by #a_/d inch1 and glued underneath1 as a1 b1 c1 in ,fig4 #cea4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cej ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cea ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ceb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cec ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ced ,next make the sides1 ,m1 ,n1 ,o1 ,p2 these are about #c inches in width1 but a #a_/b inch must be allowed on each side for flanges for fastening them to the towers2 in height they just reach the battlements of the towers4 ,make battlements as described1 cut out the windows and fasten these sides to the four towers4 ,colour this part suitably4 ,to make a flat roof for ,q 7,fig4 #cdi71 cut eight lengths of stripwood #a_/d inch by #a_/d inch just long enough to come about #a_/b inch below the battlements of the sides1 ,m1 ,n1 ,o1 ,p1 and glue these into the eight corners of ,q4 ,cut a piece of cardboard to fit over ,q1 cut doors in this for access to the roof1 and glue it to the tops of the pieces of stripwood4 ,to make towers ,e and ,f4 ,cut a piece of cardboard1 #g inches by #aj inches4 ,mark it out as in ,fig4 #cec1 and make half cuts along the dotted lines2 the narrow strips at each end are flanges for fastening the tower ,e1 to ,a and ,c4 ,make battlements round the top1 colour1 mark the windows and door1 and gum to ,a and ,c2 make ,f in the same way4 ,g and ,h are similar towers #b-a_/b inches square and #g inches high4 ,the four towers1 ,e1 ,f1 ,g1 ,h1 can be covered with roofs in the way already described4 ,g and ,h are fastened to ,e and ,f respectively1 by pieces of cardboard #e inches long and about #d-a_/b inches high4 ,g is fastened to ,h by ,l1 which is about #g-a_/b inches long and #d-a_/b inches high4 ,a door can be made in ,l1 leading into the courtyard1 ,q4 ,cut a piece of cardboard1 ,r in ,fig4 #cdh1 about #b-a_/c inches high1 and gum it to the side of ,e to form a wall2 between the latter and tower a fit a flight of steps4 ,these are marked out as in ,fig4 #ced4 ,make half cuts along the lines marked----2 turn the cardboard over and make half cuts on the other side along the dotted lines2 bend in alternate directions4 ,flanges may be added to each step4 ,a ,tournament 7,plate ,,xv74 ,fig4 #cee shows a royal tent at a tournament4 ,the platform inside may be made of #ab match-boxes 7,a1 ,b1 ,c1 ,d1 ,e1 ,f show the six foremost ones7 or of any suitable cardboard box4 ,pieces of cardboard1 ,g ,h ,k ,l and ,m ,n ,o ,p1 are gummed on each side4 a b c d is a piece of cardboard gummed to a match-box and placed in front of the opening between ,h ,l and ,m ,o4 ,paper steps may be made to lead from the ground to the top of the match-box1 and thence to the top of the platform4 ,the roof1 ,s1 is a piece of paper1 bent along ,t ,v1 to fit the triangular tops of the cardboard sides1 ,q and ,r1 to which it is fastened by paper hinges4 ,a piece of cardboard is gummed at the back4 ,flags1 etc41 may be added4 ,x and ,z show stands at the back for the more ordinary spectators4 ,they are simply strips of cardboard1 suitably painted and gummed for support to match-boxes or strips of wood4 ,the railings shown in the plate are made of cardboard or stripwood1 and placed in suitable positions to represent the lists4 ,if the railings are made of cardboard they should be fitted into a groove in a piece of wood to enable them to stand4 ,illustration3 ,,castle ,,and ,,tournament ,illustration3 ,,plate ,,xv ,,medi,,val ,,fair ,across the enclosed space1 and parallel to the royal tent1 a partition is placed to separate the combatant knights4 ,it may be made of cardboard or wood 7see ,fig4 #cef74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cee ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cef ,two circular tents made of cardboard and paper stand at each side2 in these the knights put on their armour4 ,in ,fig4 #ceg ,a is a cardboard disc to which the paper covering ,c is gummed by a flange2 ,b is a post which is glued into a hole in the middle of the cardboard disc and rests on the ground inside the tent4 ,the horses are made of corks and matches as described in previous chapters4 ,a piece of coloured paper 7,a in ,fig4 #ceh7 is gummed over the horse's back4 ,the saddle1 ,b1 is a piece of coloured paper1 gummed to ,a4 ,the bridle is cut out of paper4 ,knights may be cut out of paper as in ,fig4 #cei4 ,two pieces of paper should be cut out1 of the same shape except that one arm bears a lance1 the other a shield2 gum the head and upper part of the body together2 the knight can be fastened to the horse by gumming his legs to the trappings1 ,a4 ,heralds1 a king and queen to sit in the royal box 7for which a bench must be made71 spectators1 etc41 may be drawn and cut out1 or suitable figures can sometimes be cut from old history books or advertisements4 ,the background may consist of trees or of a castle4 ,in a similar way1 with cork horses1 etc41 a procession of the ,canterbury pilgrims can be made4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ceg ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ceh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cei ,a ,fair in the ,days of ,henry ,,viii 7,plate ,,xv74 ,the plate shows the background of the fair4 ,it is a piece of cardboard1 with houses drawn upon it and coloured2 behind it are fastened two cardboard supports which enable it to stand upright4 ,this piece of cardboard should be as long as possible1 to give plenty of room for many booths to be placed in front of it4 ,fig4 #cfj shows a booth at which cloth and woollen materials are sold4 ,the covering of the booth is made of paper4 ,the tables may be of different shapes in different stalls4 ,in the cloth merchant's stall1 rolls of coloured paper are piled up to represent bales of cloth4 ,to the pole is tied a sheep cut out of cardboard4 ,an apothecary's booth with its red and white pole can be made4 ,shelves of cardboard1 supported on little pieces of wood glued to the posts of the tent1 may be fastened round three sides of the booth2 cardboard bottles are cut out1 painted and fastened to the shelves by paper hinges1 or bottles can be made of plasticine4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cfj ,other booths may be added1 one for 'ribbons of all the colours of the rainbow1' others for books1 leather1 ironmongery1 pewter and silver articles for the table1 etc4 ,,chapter ,,xi ,,an ,,old ,,chariot ,,and ,,some ,,quaint ,,dolls' ,,furniture ,fig4 #cfa shows a quaint swinging chariot of the eleventh century2 it can be made of stout cartridge paper1 cardboard and stripwood 7#a_/d inch by #a_/d inch74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cfa ,first draw on cartridge paper two arcs of a circle 7about #c-;inch radius71 a b c and d e f in ,fig4 #cfb2 join them by straight lines a d and c f4 ,this is for the floor of the chariot4 ,to make the sides1 draw arc ,g ,h ,k 7,fig4 #cfc7 with same radius1 but portions ,g ,l and ,m ,k project about #a inch beyond the arc a b c in ,fig4 #cfb4 ,join ,g and ,k by the curved line1 ,g ,n ,k4 ,draw the flange ,o ,p4 ,colour the side yellow and brown1 cut out4 ,bend the flange ,o ,l ,m ,p and gum it to a b c in ,fig4 #cfb4 ,draw and cut out the other side in a similar manner and gum it on2 the chariot will then appear as in ,fig4 #cfa4 ,two seats of paper can be gummed inside4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cfb ,two pieces of stripwood 7#a_/d inch by #a_/d inch71 ,a and ,b in ,fig4 #cfa1 are then cut2 their height must be determined by the size of the car4 ,two small screw-eyes are screwed in at ,c and ,d 7,fig4 #cfa71 from which the car is slung by pieces of thread or wire4 ,the posts1 ,a and ,b1 are glued and nailed to the middle of the axles1 which must be flat1 the ends only being rounded for the wheels4 ,pieces of stripwood 7#a_/d inch by #a_/d inch7 or strips of cardboard1 ,c1 connect the axles on each side4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cfc ,the wheels are cardboard discs1 with a pattern drawn on them as in the figure1 and painted yellow and brown4 ,fig4 #cfd shows a pretty chair for a doll's house4 ,it is a copy of a carved oak chair of the fourteenth century4 ,it is made of wood or cardboard4 ,if made of cardboard1 a small square box may be used for the seat1 ,a1 to which the sides and back are gummed4 ,the sides and back should be cut in one1 with half-cuts down ,a ,b and ,c ,d1 where the cardboard is bent and gummed to the box4 ,the chair should be painted a very light brown with dark brown markings4 ,it looks well if made out of the wood of a cigar-box4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cfd ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cfe ,fig4 #cfe gives a pattern of a fourteenth-century bed that goes with the chair1 ,a can be an oblong box1 covered with paper suitably coloured 7light brown with panels of dark brown74 ,b and ,c are pieces of cardboard 7painted as indicated7 gummed to each end of the box2 four pieces of stripwood1 ,d 7#a_/d inch by #a_/d inch71 are glued on to the cardboard4 ,this bed is easily made of wood4 ,a may be a cigar-box1 or the bed can be made of separate pieces of wood carefully glued and nailed together4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cff ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cfg ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cfh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cfi ,a ,fire-place 7,fig4 #cff74 ,this toy is made of wood and cardboard4 ,its size will depend upon the doll's house for which it is made4 ,the mantelpiece1 ,d1 is a piece of wood glued and nailed to two wooden supports1 ,e and ,f4 ,to the back of these a piece of cardboard1 ,a1 is glued4 ,this is coloured to look like tiles1 and space ,c is painted black4 ,the grate is made of cardboard 7,fig4 #cfg74 ,the shaded portions are cut out and half cuts are made along the dotted lines4 ,it is coloured black1 bent as in ,fig4 #cff and gummed to the cardboard back4 ,the fender is of wood1 and is glued to ,e and ,f and to a cardboard bottom1 ,b1 which is coloured to represent tiles4 ,the grate may also be made of pieces of wire bent to shape and passed through holes in two pieces of wood 7,fig4 #cfh71 which are then gummed to ,a4 ,fire-dogs can be made from matches glued together as in ,fig4 #cfi4 ,a poker and shovel can be cut from cardboard4 ,the most convenient sizes of stripwood from which to make this toy are lengths of #a_/b inch by #a_/d inch for supports ,e and ,f1 lengths of #a_/d inch by #a_/d inch for the fender1 and #a inch by #a_/d inch for the mantelpiece4 ,,chapter ,,xii ,,railway ,,signal ,,and ,,signal-,,box ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cgj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cga ,a ,railway ,signal4 ,fig4 #cgj shows a simple method of making this toy4 ,a is a piece of stripwood about #aa #a_/b #a_/d1 fastened to a wooden stand4 ,holes are bored in ,a at ,f about #a_/b inch from the top and at ,g about #b-a_/b inches from the ground4 ,the arm1 ,c1 is a piece of cardboard #c inches by #a_/b inch with a red band painted across it4 ,the lever1 ,d1 is a smaller piece of cardboard4 ,c and ,d are fastened to ,a by pieces of wire or by rivets so that they move freely up and down4 ,b is a narrow strip of stiff cardboard fastened by small paper-clips to ,c and ,d4 ,when the lever1 ,d1 is pulled down1 the arm1 ,c1 is pushed up4 ,a small nail is put in at ,e to keep the arm from rising too high4 ,fig4 #cga shows a railway signal which can be worked by a lever placed at any distance away4 ,in this model the arm1 ,f1 is a piece of wood about #d #a_/b #a_/d4 ,into one end is fixed a screw-eye1 ,a4 ,about #a_/b inch from this end bore a hole4 ,nail the arm through this hole to the post about #c_/d inches from the top1 so that it moves freely on the nail4 ,b is a piece of wood1 #b #a_/b #a_/d4 ,make three holes in it4 ,nail it through the middle hole to the post1 #c inches from the ground1 so that it turns freely on the nail4 ,take a piece of fairly strong wire1 fasten one end to ,a and the other to ,b4 ,a weight 7a lead button7 is needed to keep the arm of the signal up4 ,attach this weight1 ,c1 by a piece of thread to ,b1 as in the figure4 ,tie a piece of thread to ,d1 pass it through a small screw-eye1 ,e1 fixed on the stand4 ,when this string is pulled the arm is lowered4 ,this toy may be worked entirely with thread4 ,tie a piece of thread from ,a to ,c1 taking care to keep the lever ,b in the position shown in the figure2 then tie another piece from a small nail at ,f to ,d4 ,a small nail should be put in at ,g to prevent the arm from rising too high4 ,the stand and the shaded part of the signal post should be painted black1 the rest of the post is white1 the arm is white with a red band4 ,a ,signal-box 7,plate ,,viii74 ,for the foundation of the signal-box1 take a piece of wood #i inches by #d inches1 ,a ,b ,c ,d 7,fig4 #cgb74 ,cut two pieces of wood1 #d-a_/b inches by #d inches4 ,glue and nail these to ,a ,b ,c ,d 7,e and ,f in ,fig4 #cgb74 ,next cut four pieces of wood1 ,g ,h ,j ,k1 #a_/d #a_/d #f-a_/b4 ,glue these to ,e and ,f4 ,measure and cut two pieces of wood1 ,m and ,l1 to fit in between ,k and ,j1 and ,g and ,h4 ,glue these in position4 ,next measure and cut out a piece of cardboard1 ,n 7,fig4 #cgd71 that will fit in between the posts1 ,g ,h ,j ,k1 and rest on the sides1 ,e and ,f1 and the ends1 ,l and ,m4 ,this forms the floor of the signal-box4 ,measure and cut two pieces of cardboard that will fit across the space between the posts ,g and ,k4 ,mark and cut out windows in these as shown in the plate1 and glue them on each side to the posts4 ,next cut out two pieces of cardboard1 #i inches by #d inches 7,fig4 #cge74 ,measure along the sides the distances ,c ,j and ,k ,b2 find the middle1 ,o1 of top1 join ,o ,k and ,o ,j1 and cut off the shaded portions4 ,make half cuts along the dotted lines and bend back the flanges to which the roof is fastened4 ,in one piece make a door1 the bottom of which must be on a level with the floor4 ,a window may be cut out in the door1 or simply drawn in with pencil and painted2 on the other side1 mark and cut out a window similar to the window in the sides4 ,glue these pieces in position4 ,make the roof of cardboard as described in the case of the ,noah's ,ark1 and glue it to the flanges4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cgb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cgc ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cgd ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cge ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cgf ,the ,porch4 ,for the platform of the porch cut a piece of wood #a-c_/d inches by #a-a_/d inches4 ,cut two sides1 #b-c_/d inches by #a-a_/d inches4 ,glue and nail these to the platform4 ,cut two supports as shown in the plate1 and glue these to the ends just underneath the door1 so that when the porch rests on them1 and the door is open1 the floor of the porch is level with the floor of the signal-box4 ,next cut the two outer posts1 glue them into position as shown in the plate1 and glue the platform of the porch on the four posts4 ,the roof of the porch is cut from cardboard1 with flanges to be glued to the end of the signal-box4 ,the slope of the roof should be parallel to that of the roof of the signal-box4 ,make a ladder as described in ,chapter ,,ix4 ,bevel the ends of the ladder as in ,fig4 #cgf so that it can be glued into position4 ,glue two small posts on each side and glue two strips of cardboard to these and to the sides of the porch for railings4 ,windows may be painted in the wooden sides1 the rest is coloured to represent bricks2 the window sashes are dark green or brown1 and the roof grey4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cgg ,from this signal-box the signal shown in ,fig4 #cga can be worked in a very simple manner4 ,fig4 #cgg shows the arrangement4 ,through a hole1 ,a1 in the floor fits a wooden lever1 ,b ,c4 ,pass the thread belonging to the signal through a small hole in the side of the box1 then through a small screw-eye at ,o1 and tie it to the end of the rod4 ,when the lever1 ,b1 is pushed over the signal arm is lowered4 ,a small nail is put through the lever just above ,a1 to act as a fulcrum4 ,the side ,f 7,fig4 #cgg7 may have large windows which open to enable the child to insert his hand and push the lever4 ,if the signal-post is set up some distance away from the signal-box1 it may be found necessary to add another weight4 ,,chapter ,,xiii ,,lighthouse1 ,,transporter ,,bridge ,a ,lighthouse 7,plate ,,xvi74 ,this lighthouse is similar to one called the ,gull ,island ,light in ,newfoundland4 ,it is a hexagonal column and is therefore somewhat easier to make than a circular structure4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cgh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cgi ,the main column is #i inches high1 and each of the six faces is #b inches4 ,cut out a piece of cardboard1 of medium thickness1 #i inches by #ab-a_/d inches 7,fig4 #cgh74 ,divide it into six parts #b inches in width1 leaving a flange #a_/d inch wide at the end for fastening the column together4 ,make half cuts along the dotted lines4 ,cut out a door and windows1 and two holes1 ,g and ,h1 #a_/d inch square4 ,fold and gum together4 ,the hexagonal column above the first platform is #b-a_/b inches high1 sides #b inches2 that above the second platform is #b inches high1 sides #a-a_/b inches4 ,before folding and gumming the top column1 or lantern1 together1 windows must be cut out4 ,it is easier to cut the windows out completely and gum the bars behind the openings4 ,a door is cut just above the first platform as shown in the plate4 ,the top of the lantern is a hexagonal pyramid #a-a_/b inches high1 edges #b inches4 ,to make this1 the length of one of the sloping edges 7as a' d' in ,fig4 #chj7 must be found4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #chj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cha ,draw a line a b 7,fig4 #cha7 #b inches long4 ,this is one edge of the hexagonal base4 ,on it make an equilateral triangle a c b4 ,this is the same as triangle a' c' b' in ,fig4 #chj4 ,at c 7,fig4 #cha7 draw c d at right angles to a c2 make c d equal to the height of the pyramid--namely1 #a-a_/b inches2 join a d2 this is the length of one of the sloping edges 7a' d' in ,fig4 #chj74 ,with radius a d describe a circle 7,fig4 #cgi74 ,mark along its circumference the distance a b1 six times2 join a to b1 b to c1 etc41 and join each point to the centre4 ,cut off the shaded portions1 leaving a flange for fastening1 and make half-cuts along the dotted lines4 ,bend and gum together4 ,the first platform shown in the plate is a circle of cardboard or wood1 radius #c inches4 ,holes are made round the edge4 ,to this the upper column is fastened by paper hinges1 unless the columns have been provided with flanges at top and bottom4 ,glue match sticks or pieces of cane1 about #a inch in length1 into the holes in the platform for railings1 round which black thread may be tied4 ,now fasten the whole to the main column so that the sides coincide4 ,in the same way the lantern is fastened to the upper platform and the latter to the upper column1 after similar railings have been made round the upper platform4 ,lastly the pyramidal top is fixed on the lantern1 by either paper hinges or flanges4 ,now cut a piece of stripwood1 #a_/d inch by #a_/d inch1 of the right length1 so that it passes through the holes ,g and ,h in the lower column and projects about #a_/h inch over the doorway2 into this projecting end screw a small screw-eye1 pass a piece of string through it and bring the ends inside the door4 ,this is the pulley by means of which goods are hauled up from the boat into the lighthouse4 ,a ladder can be made of matches 7as described in ,chapter ,,ix72 two wire hooks are inserted at the ends1 and it is hung to the doorway4 ,the lighthouse can be coloured grey and fastened to a piece of cardboard painted blue4 ,illustration3 ,,plate ,,xvi ,a ,,lighthouse ,a ,transporter ,bridge4 ,the supports for this bridge1 ,a and ,b 7,fig4 #chb71 are two small wooden ,bovril boxes 7those containing one dozen one-ounce tins72 their bottoms have been knocked out and they are mounted on wooden supports or on two smaller boxes of about the same width4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #chb ,take two lengths of stripwood1 ,c1 ,d1 #b' #a_/b #a_/d2 on to each of these glue and nail a similar length of stripwood1 #a_/d inch by #a_/d inch 7,fig4 #chc74 ,next the overhead trolley should be made 7,fig4 #chd74 ,the axles ,g and ,h are about #c-a_/b #a_/d #a_/d4 ,the wheels are made of wood and can be cut from an old broom handle4 ,before these are put on1 the two pieces ,e and ,f1 which are #c-a_/b #a_/d #a_/d1 are glued to ,g and ,h4 ,c and ,d are placed so that the trolley runs easily along their ledges1 the distance between them is measured and two pieces of stripwood 7,j in ,fig4 #chc7 are cut1 by means of which ,c and ,d are fastened together4 ,this frame can rest on ,a and ,b4 ,there is no need to fasten it permanently4 ,to each end of ,h and ,g1 very small screw-eyes are screwed1 ,k in ,fig4 #chc1 to which the strings or chains which support the car are attached--also two screw-eyes are screwed in at ,h and ,g4 ,fig4 #che shows part of the car and gives the necessary measurements4 ,side ,r is made of stripwood1 #a_/d inch by #a_/d inch4 ,the gates at each end are made of strips of cardboard4 ,four screw-eyes are placed in the corner posts for hanging the car to trolley 7see ,fig4 #chb74 ,pieces of thread are tied to the screw-eyes at ,h and ,g1 and pass through screw-eyes in the supports 7,t and ,u in ,fig4 #chb74 ,two windlasses can be made to stand on ,m and ,l1 similar to the winding gear described in making the crane 7,chapter ,v71 by means of which the car can be drawn backward and forward4 ,the bridge may stand across a piece of cardboard painted to represent a river4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #chc ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #chd ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #che ,,chapter ,,xiv ,,yachts ,,and ,,boats2 ,,the ,,use ,,of ,,the ,,chisel ,for the toys described hitherto1 the chisel has hardly been required1 but to carve boats from a solid block of wood it becomes somewhat of a necessity1 the pen-knife being but a poor substitute4 ,the use of the chisel has been postponed owing to the dangers which attend its use4 ,however1 when children have become accustomed to handle tools properly and to respect them1 they are no more likely to cut their hands with a chisel than with a knife when sharpening pencils or peeling potatoes4 ,the following tools will be found useful in making exact models of boats1 hollowing them out1 etc43 7#a7 ,a #a_/b-;inch or #c_/d-;inch chisel4 ,this is a good one to start with4 7#b7 ,a smaller chisel about #a_/d inch wide4 7#c7 ,a gouge4 ,a #c_/h inch and a #e_/h inch gouge answer most purposes4 ,this is an indispensable tool when hollowing out a boat4 7#d7 ,a spoke-shave4 ,this is used to smooth a curved surface after it has been roughly cut with a chisel or knife4 ,it is not really necessary1 as its work may be done with sand-paper or a file4 ,however it is not expensive1 and it leaves the wood with a 'clean' surface much superior to that obtained with sand-paper4 7#e7 ,a vice4 ,the best wood for making the following boats is yellow deal or ,american white-wood4 ,this1 though not expensive1 must be bought4 ,one does not often find a piece of waste wood suitable for boat-making4 ,a very simple boat can be made in the following way4 ,procure a block of wood about #g #a-a_/b #b4 ,on the top surface of the block draw a plan of the boat as in ,fig4 #chg2 on the bottom surface draw the plan shown in ,fig4 #chh4 ,take care not to make the keel too narrow1 especially in first attempts at boat-making4 ,the keel of this boat may be quite #a_/d inch thick4 ,see that it is really in the middle4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #chf ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #chg ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #chh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #chi ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cij ,mark on both sides of the boat the lines shown in elevation1 ,fig4 #chf4 ,mark lines showing the stern elevation as in ,fig4 #chi1 at the other end the stern1 as in ,fig4 #cij4 ,now saw away as much surplus wood as possible4 ,it is well to begin by sawing along lines a b and c d in ,fig4 #chg1 to roughly shape out bow4 ,if a very curved bow is desired1 saw off the corner e f g 7,fig4 #chf74 ,to make the keel1 saw along lines a h and c k1 about #a_/d inch deep 7,fig4 #chh71 at the stern end saw down to ,m and ,n4 ,now carefully round and model the sides and keel with gouge1 chisel1 spoke-shave and file1 or simply with chisel and file4 ,before finishing off with sand-paper or spoke-shave1 the boat should be tried in the water1 it will probably lean to one side2 cut off a little wood from this side and try again4 7,be careful to dry your tools if they get wet47 ,when the boat is properly balanced1 nail a strip of lead along the keel4 ,a hole may be bored on the deck for a mast4 ,to make the ,rudder4 ,saw a piece of wood out about #a inch by #b-a_/d inches 7wood should be about #a_/d inch thick74 ,draw a rudder on it as in ,fig4 #cia1 cut out this shape with saw and file4 ,round the top as at ,c for the handle4 ,make holes with a fine bradawl and insert two pieces of bent wire at a and b4 ,to put them in it is best to hold them with a pair of pincers4 ,ordinary pins with their heads cut off do just as well as wire4 ,make two wire loops and fix them in the stern of the boat 7,p and ,q in ,fig4 #chf71 that the rudder may hook on to these1 care must be taken that the eyes are exactly opposite the hooks4 ,to make the tiller1 drill a hole in a piece of wood1 as in ,fig4 #cib1 and file it large enough to fit tightly round the top of the rudder1 then work the tiller to shape4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cia ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cib ,this boat can be hollowed out with the gouge4 ,first draw line ,r ,r ,r ,r round the boat 7,fig4 #chg7 to give the thickness of side4 ,before starting on the actual boat1 it is as well for the amateur to practise cutting a few hollows4 ,with satin walnut1 pine1 ,american white-wood1 gouging is not a difficult matter4 ,when the boat is being gouged out it should if possible be placed in a vice4 7,always put a piece of thin wood between the jaws of the vice and the article you wish to hold to prevent marks47 ,another way of hollowing the boat is to begin boring centre-bit holes as close together as possible1 being careful not to bore too deep1 then gouge out as much wood as you safely can1 finish with file and sand-paper4 ,when the boat is hollowed out1 seats can be made for it4 ,these should be cut the exact length of middle of boat1 bevelled at the ends1 and fitted into the boat by forcing them into position4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cic ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cid ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cie ,figs4 #cic1 #cid1 #cie show elevation and plans of a common type of boat4 ,saw off triangular pieces of wood to form the bow1 cut out the stern with the tenon saw and chisel4 ,model the sides and keel with gouge1 chisel and file as before4 ,to put a rudder on this boat1 notice that a hole must be bored through the deck for the rudder to pass through4 ,there is no need in a boat like this1 or indeed in any boat 7when practice has been attained71 to saw out the keel1 the gouge and chisel are sufficient1 but the sawing sometimes helps the beginner4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cif ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cig ,a ,schooner 7,plate ,,iv74 ,on a suitable piece of wood 7a square prism1 length #c-a_/b times width7 draw a line a a 7,fig4 #cif7 on the surface through the middle from end to end4 ,then draw a line across the middle b b1 and divide the surface in three by lines c c and d d4 ,pencil out the deck as in ,fig4 #cif4 ,now here is a piece of advice that it is well to follow in all boat-making4 ,to mark off the deck make a cardboard template the shape and size of one half1 taken from the middle line1 a a4 ,lay the template on one half of the piece of wood and pencil round the edge4 ,then turn the template over on the other side and pencil round the edge again4 ,in this way the shape of the deck is more accurate and both sides are symmetrical1 which is very important if the boat is to float upright in the water4 ,now on the sides draw the elevation as in ,fig4 #cig4 ,cardboard templates will also be found useful in getting the cross-sections correct4 ,now saw and file away the stern1 ,d1 and the bow1 ,e1 and chisel away the sides and keel as described before4 ,fig4 #cih shows the appearance of the stern4 ,having chiselled and filed the outside of the hull to correct shape and exactly equal on both sides1 gouge out the inside as described before4 ,next make the deck from deal about #a_/h inch thick1 cutting it the exact size of the outline in ,fig4 #cif4 ,before fastening the deck1 bore a hole at ,a for the rudder 7a corresponding hole being bored in the hull71 and holes at ,b and ,c for masts 7with corresponding holes1 not more than #a_/d inch deep1 in the hull74 ,if need be 7in large models7 the under part of the deck where holes come can be strengthened by pieces of wood nailed across4 ,with a hard pencil draw lines along the deck to give the appearance of boards4 ,a hole for a hatch-way may be cut out with a fret-saw4 ,the hatch-way itself for a large boat can be made of pieces of wood nailed together4 ,now fix the deck on to the top of the hull with small nails4 ,another way of fixing the deck is to make it just large enough to fit inside the hull1 leaving an edge or bulwark all round1 #a_/d inch to #a_/b inch in depth4 ,the longer mast goes into hole ,b4 ,the total length of the schooner is about #a-a_/d times the height of the mast above the deck4 ,the shorter mast goes into hole ,c and is very little longer than half the boat4 ,the masts must fit firmly into the holes in the deck and hull4 ,to ballast the boat1 nail a piece of lead along the keel4 ,if too large a piece is used at first1 it can easily be reduced4 ,the rudder ,f is cut out and fixed as already described4 ,h in ,fig4 #cif shows where the end of the bowsprit comes4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cih ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cii ,a4 ,stay foresail4 ,b4 ,gaff foresail4 ,c4 ,mainsail4 ,fig4 #cii shows a drawing of the masts and sails for a schooner4 ,the gaffs1 a b and c d1 and the corresponding booms1 are fastened to the masts by wire loops4 ,lawn or ,indian muslin make good sails4 ,it is well to wash the material before using it4 ,,chapter ,,xv ,,the ,,fret-,,saw ,the ,fret-saw is a delightful tool1 and very useful to the toy-maker4 ,it can be used for making wheels and the various jointed and mechanical toys described in the following chapters4 ,in dealing with the fret-saw we have to consider 7#a7 the saw-blades and 7#b7 the frame in which they are held4 ,the saw-blades are about five inches in length and are made of delicate steel wire with correspondingly fine teeth4 ,they are very cheap1 being commonly sold at about three halfpence to threepence a dozen1 and even less when purchased by the gross4 ,they are supplied in ten different grades1 numbered from #jj to #h1 proceeding from fine to coarse4 ,for the toys described in this book1 ,nos4 #a1 #b and #c will be found most suitable4 ,to preserve the saw-blades from rust1 keep them in a wood or metal case4 ,upon the proper tension of the saw-blade depends its action4 ,to keep it taut1 a number of frames have been designed1 the most practical being one made of steel and varying in size from #ab inches to #ah inches measuring from the saw-blade to the back of the frame4 ,the handle is of wood4 ,the #ab-;inch size is the most suitable for children4 ,cheap frames can be obtained for sixpence halfpenny 7smaller ones even for fourpence74 ,in the cheaper kinds the necessary tension is obtained by drawing the arms slightly towards each other when clamping the blade4 ,the spring of the steel will then keep the blade sufficiently taut4 ,in the better-class frames 7price from two shillings upward7 the tension is secured by the action of a lever4 ,notice that the saws must be inserted with the teeth pointing downward4 ,holding and managing the ,saw-frame4 ,the hand saw-frame requires all the steadiness possible2 the bend of the frame should rest along the forearm1 and against the shoulder if the frame be a long one1 or under the shoulder if a short one4 ,this prevents the frame from swinging round4 ,the saw-blade will describe the arc of a circle as it passes through the wood1 and this dip is reduced to the minimum by making short strokes instead of long ones4 ,this is important to remember4 ,the amateur is sure to break a few saw-blades at first1 they are so fragile1 indeed even in the hands of an expert they have a precarious hold on life and can only be expected to last a certain time4 ,fortunately they are cheap4 ,the saw-blade must not be pressed on into the wood too quickly2 the wood is held to the table with the fingers1 and every part of the line to be cut is moved in due succession against the cutting edge of the blade4 ,excessive energy will often cause the blade to stick fast in the wood2 in this case the blade must be eased by gently working it up and down so that it does not cut but frees itself4 ,this method can be adopted when turning a sharp corner2 work the saw up and down 7without cutting7 until the blade points in the right direction4 ,very often the locking of the blade in the wood is due to gummy or heavy wood1 or to a twist in the saw-blade2 this latter cause can be prevented by the exercise of care in fixing the saw in the frame4 ,children should have the cheaper frames to practise with2 however they soon learn to manage them and in due course find out that a saw-blade is really not so delicate as it looks4 ,in cutting out animals1 etc41 leave a piece of surplus wood round the frailer parts as long as possible so that one has something to hold without fear of breakage4 ,when an interior space has to be cut out 7e4g4 when cutting away interior portions of wheels to make the spokes7 a hole must be made by means of the ,archimedean drill to admit the saw2 the upper end of the saw is released from its clamp1 passed through the hole1 and again fixed in position4 ,the hole in all cases should be bored as near as possible to a corner or point1 as these are convenient starting-places4 ,a medium-sized drill point rather than fine points should be used wherever space permits4 ,fine points are apt to break4 ,the drill stock must be held quite vertical and revolved both when the point is entering the wood and when it is being withdrawn4 ,no pressure is required on the drill beyond its own weight4 ,in making the various jointed animals1 etc41 in the following chapters bifurcated nickel rivets are used1 small-gauge4 ,the following are useful sizes3-- ,sizes ,no4 #ad #f_/af1 #h_/af1 #aj_/af4 7,these are useful for jointed animals47 ,sizes ,no4 #aa #ab_/af1 #ad_/af1 #af_/af4 7,these are used for the crane1 etc47 ,these rivets can be bought in boxes of assorted sizes4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #djj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dja ,figs4 #djj and #dja show how a jointed animal is riveted together4 ,when hammering the rivet open1 its head should be placed on a piece of metal 7the clamp will do74 ,fig4 #dja shows the method of opening the rivet4 ,a represents the table1 ,b the clamp1 ,c the head of the rabbit and its ears1 ,d1 the rivet4 ,,chapter ,,xvi ,,little ,,gymnast2 ,,dancing ,,clown2 ,,rocking ,,animals ,little ,gymnast4 ,first the little gymnast must be drawn and cut out4 ,he can be made of cardboard of medium thickness and paper-fasteners 7,size #jj7 or better of three-ply wood and bifurcated nickel rivets 7,size ,no4 #ad-h_/af74 ,first draw the body1 ,a1 ,fig4 #djb1 #b-a_/b inches long4 7,the measurements given are important1 for unless the limbs are in proportion the figure will not work properly47 ,make two holes with the drill1 if wood is being used1 as in ,fig4 #djb4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #djb ,the arms1 ,b1 are #b-a_/d inches long1 the hands must be large enough to contain holes to carry a wooden knitting needle 7#a_/h inch in diameter74 ,the upper part of leg1 ,c1 is #a-a_/b inches in length2 the lower part1 ,d1 #a-a_/b inches4 ,make holes in these parts as in the figure4 ,take care that the holes are large enough to hold the rivet or paper-fasteners loosely1 so that the limbs swing about easily4 ,now fasten all these parts together4 7,for directions how to hammer the rivets see the previous chapter47 ,paint the figure in water colours if it is made of cardboard1 if it is made of wood it may be left unpainted1 or painted in oil colours4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #djc ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #djd ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dje ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #djf ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #djg ,push a wooden knitting needle 7about #a_/h inch in diameter7 through the holes in the hands1 see that it fits tightly1 add a little glue if there is any danger of the needle slipping round inside the holes4 ,two pieces of stripwood1 ,e1 are next sawn about #aa #a_/d #a_/b4 ,these posts must have holes drilled in them near the top for the knitting needle to pass through1 and revolve freely4 ,the posts are nailed and glued to a base1 the size of which will depend upon the length of the bar which the gymnast turns upon4 ,two or three gymnasts look well swinging together1 or a gymnast1 a monkey and a clown4 ,in this case #ab #f #a_/d makes a good stand4 ,the posts are supported by triangular supports4 ,on turning the knitting needle the little figure will revolve in a life-like manner1 and perform many of the professional exercises of the horizontal bar4 ,the actions are made more realistic if the man's head is weighted with a piece of lead1 so as to make his head more nearly the same weight as his body4 ,the ,dancing ,clown4 ,draw on cardboard or three-ply wood and cut out the head and body of the clown as in ,fig4 #djc4 ,colour it1 and cut out another piece exactly the same to represent the back of the clown4 ,draw and cut out two arms as in ,fig4 #djd1 two legs as in ,fig4 #dje4 ,cut out two small discs of lead1 and glue them behind the balls in his hands2 glue little pieces of lead behind his boots4 ,his arms and legs are fastened together by thread1 as in ,fig4 #djf4 ,the back part of the body hides the strings4 ,this clown can be hung inside a box1 and the strings passed through a hole 7directly underneath the clown7 in another box upon which he can then be made to dance1 as in ,fig4 #djg4 ,the figure works best if properly balanced2 see that the arms and legs are equal in size and weight4 ,rocking ,horses and ,elephants4 ,the simplest way of making a rocking horse is shown in ,fig4 #djh4 ,two rockers1 ,a ,b ,c1 are cut out of cardboard 7medium thickness74 ,next two horses1 ,d1 are drawn on cartridge paper1 the distance between the fore and hind feet corresponding to the distance ,a ,c in the rockers4 ,the horses are coloured and cut out1 and their heads and tails gummed together4 ,the four legs are then fastened with paper-fasteners 7or with gum7 to the ends of the two rockers4 ,a wooden rocking horse is made in the following way4 ,the two rockers1 ,a ,b and ,c ,d1 are cut out of three-ply wood with a fret-saw4 ,the arc of a circle of #d inches to #d-a_/b inches radius is a good size2 width of rocker1 ,h ,k 7,fig4 #dji71 #c_/d inch4 ,three pieces of stripwood #a_/d inch by #a_/d inch are sawn1 length #c-a_/d inches1 ,e1 ,f and ,g4 ,pencil-marks must be made on the two rockers to show where these strips are to go1 one in the middle1 the other two at the ends4 ,before fastening them on1 a slit is sawn in the middle of each end-piece1 as at ,e and ,g4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #djh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dji ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #daj ,strips ,e1 ,f and ,g are glued and nailed to one rocker1 then this rocker can be laid on its side1 and the second rocker glued to the upstanding strips4 ,there is no need to nail the second rocker2 indeed1 if the ends of the strips are very evenly cut1 there is no need for nailing at all4 ,the horse 7,fig4 #daj7 can be cut out of cardboard and have one front leg and one back leg fitted into the slits4 ,cardboard of medium thickness will just fit a saw-cut and no gluing is needed4 ,if the horse is cut out of fret-wood or three-ply wood 7#a_/h inch thick7 the saw-cuts must be enlarged with a file and the feet glued in4 ,instead of horses1 donkeys1 tigers1 lions1 etc41 can be fixed on rockers as just described4 ,the rockers in ,fig4 #dji can also be built up of cardboard4 ,a ,rocking ,elephant4 ,on a piece of cardboard draw a circle #a-a_/d inches in radius2 on this draw an elephant as in ,fig4 #daa4 ,colour the ball red and the elephant grey 7both sides must be coloured7 and cut out4 ,cut out a piece of cartridge paper 7,fig4 #dab71 length equal to half the circumference of the circle in ,fig4 #daa1 width1 #a-a_/b inches4 ,fold in half along ,d ,e1 cut out ,d ,b ,c ,e1 as in diagram1 the shaded portions being cut away4 ,gum ,b ,d ,c ,e to disc ,h as in ,fig4 #daa1 so that ,d ,f ,e ,g forms a rocker2 make a similar rocker for the other side4 ,two pieces of lead 7,a in ,fig4 #daa7 are cut out and glued on each side of the disc at the bottom1 as in the figure4 ,the lead must have paper suitably coloured pasted over it4 ,the elephant will swing up and down at the slightest touch4 ,instead of an elephant a clown can be drawn on the ball4 ,fig4 #dac shows an elephant rolling on his back4 ,this toy can be made in the same way as the first elephant4 ,a circle 7#a-a_/d inches radius7 is drawn first1 and the elephant drawn in the circle4 ,these elephants can be cut with the fret-saw from satin walnut 7#a_/d inch thick74 ,in this case the lead on each side must almost reach the diameter1 as shown in ,fig4 #dac4 ,another disc of wood 7#a-a_/d inch radius7 must be fret-sawed out of the satin walnut1 sawn in two1 and the halves glued one on each side of the lead1 to make a base wide enough for the toy to rock upon without upsetting4 ,no lead will then show1 and it will look like a wooden toy4 ,if these toys are cut out of thin wood1 #a_/h inch thick1 they still require at least twice as much lead as the cardboard toy4 ,the elephant may also be drawn balancing a ball instead of a clown4 ,children will delight in making these toys from cardboard1 paper and lead for a toy circus4 ,fig4 #dad shows a swan drawn in a circle2 the shaded part represents the paper rocker on one side4 ,this model requires no lead4 ,a duck can be made in the same way4 ,fig4 #dae shows a design for elephants on a see-saw4 ,the elephants must be the same size as far as possible4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #daa ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dab ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dac ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dad ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dae ,,chapter ,,xvii ,,moving ,,figures ,fig4 #daf1 ,the ,washing ,day1 shows a pattern that will please little ,english toy-makers4 ,it can be cut from wood with the fret-saw1 or with scissors from cardboard of medium thickness4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #daf ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dag ,to make the ,design4 ,first cut two lengths of three-ply wood or cardboard1 #a_/b inch by #h inches1 ,a ,b and ,c ,d4 ,next draw on wood or cardboard1 and cut out1 the two little washer-women 7they are about #d-a_/b inches high74 ,they look more effective if painted4 ,these are fastened to the strips of cardboard by means of paper-fasteners 7,size #jjj2 one gross sixpence72 the holes for the fasteners are about #a-a_/d inches from the ends4 ,the holes in the little washer-women are exactly one above the other1 so that when the paper-fasteners are in and ,a ,b is exactly above ,c ,d1 the figures are upright4 ,a washing tub1 ,e1 is cut out of cartridge paper 7top of tub1 #c inches1 bottom #a-c_/d inches72 this can be painted brown or green and have a white rim round the top to represent soap-suds4 ,this tub is gummed to ,c ,d1 exactly between the two little washers4 ,if the part of ,a ,b that comes behind the tub is cut away as in diagram the figures will work better4 ,when the strips of cardboard are moved backward and forward the figures put their clothes in the tub and take them out again4 ,the toy works best if a little space is left between ,a ,b and ,c ,d1 as in ,fig4 #dag4 ,if it is cut out of fret-wood the figures are fastened by rivets1 as explained in ,chapter ,,xv4 ,fig4 #dag shows two ducks eating out of the same bucket2 strips of cardboard1 ,a ,b and ,c ,d1 are the same size as those in ,fig4 #daf4 ,the bucket is cut out of cardboard and gummed to ,c ,d4 ,the sailors in ,fig4 #dah are made in the same way1 holes are made in their hands1 through which yarn is passed 7the thicker the yarn the more like rope it is7 or oars can be cut out of cardboard and fitted in the holes in their hands1 when they will appear to row4 ,fig4 #dai shows a man driving a donkey4 ,it is made of cardboard1 except the whip1 ,a1 which is thread tied into a hole in the cardboard at ,c4 ,the whip will work better if a little piece of lead or something heavy is tied at the end of the thread4 ,the reins1 ,b1 are of thread or yarn1 and pass through holes in the donkey's mouth and in the man's hand4 ,two fishermen can be made in the same way1 the whip easily becomes a fishing-rod and a lead fish can be attached to the end of the line4 ,in the case of the donkey-driver and the fishermen the strips of cardboard should be longer than shown in the figure1 to leave room for holding4 ,the strip for the donkey-driver should be about #i inches1 the fishermen require at least #ab inches if their lines are not to get entangled4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dah ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dai ,children will readily think of other designs for this simple but interesting toy4 ,,chapter ,,xviii ,,some ,,old-,,fashioned ,,toys--,a ,,monkey-,,up-,a-,,stick1 ,a ,,jack-,,in-,,the-,,box ,a ,monkey-up-a-stick is a very easy toy to make4 ,first cut out a cardboard or wooden monkey as in ,fig4 #dbj4 ,see that the legs and arms turn freely on paper-fasteners1 ,a and ,b4 ,paint the monkey grey or brown4 ,with a pin make holes1 ,c and ,d1 in the feet and hands4 ,next saw two lengths of stripwood1 one #a #a_/d #a_/d1 the other almost twice as long4 ,drill a hole near one end of each of these sticks4 ,pass a pin or piece of wire through the holes in the monkey's feet and the hole in the shorter stick2 bend down the pin on each side to keep the feet from slipping off4 7,the point of the pin should be cut off with pliers47 ,in the same way fasten the monkey's hands to the longer stick4 ,see that the limbs 7note that they come one on each side of the stick7 revolve freely on the pins or wire4 ,the two sticks may be kept together by pieces of elastic2 this however rather prevents the one stick from moving freely up and down the other4 ,it is better first to file the sticks 7or one of the sticks7 round or to use dowel rods4 ,these round rods can then be kept together by cardboard or wooden discs4 ,the disc must have a hole in the middle large enough for the rod to move freely up and down in it4 ,the thicker the piece of wood or cardboard the better4 ,the hole must be made in the wood with a brace and bit 7a bradawl will make the hole in cardboard1 and it can be filed to the right size with a round file74 ,the longer rod1 ,a1 ,fig4 #dba1 goes through the hole2 the bottom of the shorter rod1 ,b1 is glued and nailed to the disc4 ,by moving the disc ,c up and down the monkey performs its usual antics at the top of the stick4 ,the monkey1 or a clown if preferred1 looks very effective cut out of three-ply wood and riveted together4 ,for a small model wooden meat skewers may be used as sticks4 ,other suggestions for ,c in ,fig4 #dba are3 a reel 7though rod ,b when glued to a reel tends to break off72 half a cork4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dbj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dba ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dbb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dbc ,more interesting than the monkey-up-a-stick is the monkey that climbs a rope1 though this little animal has sometimes an irritating manner of swinging about on the rope1 and going no higher4 ,if he is carefully made according to the following directions he ought to climb4 ,the monkey is cut out of cardboard in the same way as the first monkey1 except that his two arms are gummed firmly on in the position shown in ,fig4 #dbb1 his legs only being free to move4 ,pins or pieces of wire are passed through the holes at ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 ,d4 ,in the case of pins1 the point is cut off with cutting pliers and the rest doubled back to prevent its coming out on one side1 the head of the pin prevents it coming out on the other4 ,tie a piece of thin elastic round the pins1 ,a and ,b1 so that it is only just on the stretch when the legs are drawn up parallel with the arms1 as in the figure4 ,a piece of wire is passed through at ,e and is bent over out-wards1 drawing the hands fairly tightly together4 ,a piece of thread is passed through the eye so formed1 down and under the pin1 ,c1 then over the pin1 ,d ,by alternately slackening and tightening the line the monkey will climb up the thread in a very life-like manner4 ,care must be taken to nip the wire well together at the hands to get enough friction to hold the thread firmly while the elastic pulls the legs up1 on the other hand the thread must be just loose enough to pass through ,e4 ,a ,jack-in-the-box4 ,the simplest way of making a ,jack-in-the-box is the following4 ,get some ordinary wire 7quite thin wire will do7 about #d feet long or longer if a bigger jump is required4 ,wind this tightly round a broom handle1 keeping the rings of wire close together4 ,slip it off4 ,take a cork1 cut it so that it is about #a-a_/d inches high4 ,file it round in the shape of a head as in ,fig4 #dbc4 ,mark the eyes and nose in ink1 the mouth with red paint2 or two beads can be glued in for the eyes4 ,to make the hair1 cut several short pieces of black wool1 tie them in the middle at ,b1 and glue or pin them to the middle of the head2 tie back the side ends with yellow or red wool as in the figure4 ,fasten one end of the wire spring in the centre of bottom of cork1 as at ,a4 ,a piece of muslin is then gummed round the cork to hide the spring1 so that it is loose and folds easily4 ,next make a box1 #b-c_/d inches high1 or take the cardboard box that contains a bottle of ,le ,page's liquid glue1 and cut off about one-third4 ,cut off the cover and glue it on to one side 7,c in the figure74 ,make loop of wire at ,d1 and insert a paper-fastener at ,e to catch the wire loop4 ,fasten the end of the spring to the bottom of the box1 by passing it through the hole in one bottom flap1 bending it over and gluing over it the other flaps that form the bottom4 ,coloured paper or scraps may be gummed to the sides and top of the box4 ,this is a suitable toy to be hung on a small ,christmas tree4 ,a larger and stronger ,jack-in-the-box can be made from a wooden box about #e-a_/b inches square4 ,for this a piece of ,no4 #ab gauge wire about #aj feet long is required2 it is wound around a rolling-pin4 ,this spring is then nailed by means of staples to a piece of wood made to fit the inside of the box4 ,fasten a round piece of cardboard to the top of the spring1 and either sew on to it a small doll's head1 or make a doll's head of part of a stocking stuffed with wool and having eyes1 mouth1 etc41 sewn on4 ,a cap 7a fool's cap looks best7 is made to fit the head1 and a loose jacket is sewn on to hide the spiral body4 ,,chapter ,,xix ,,little ,,swordsmen ,fig4 #dbd shows the principle on which this toy is made2 the shaded portion represents the inside of a box4 ,a good size for a box to make this toy is #i #d-a_/b #b-a_/d4 ,slits should be cut in the long side of the box at a b1 c d1 e f1 g h4 ,these slits may be made with a pen-knife1 and a fret-saw file will make them wide enough for a piece of cardboard to slip up and down in4 ,slits are then made in the short side exactly under the long slits1 as p n in ,fig4 #dbe4 ,widen these slits also with a file4 ,next cut out the cardboard figures4 ,draw head1 body and one leg to be cut out in one piece2 about #c inches of cardboard should be left below the foot 7,m and ,n in ,fig4 #dbd71 the total length of figure being about #h inches4 ,cut out another figure like this4 ,make holes just below the foot as at ,d in ,fig4 #dbd4 ,next draw and cut out legs1 ,f and ,h4 ,notice that they do not project so far inside the box1 their length being about #c-a_/b inches4 ,fasten these to the figures by paper-fasteners4 ,next cut out a long strip of cardboard1 ,a ,b1 #a_/b inch by #ad inches4 ,pass this through the slits 7p n in ,fig4 #dbe7 in the short sides of the box4 ,see that it slides easily up and down in these slits4 ,the portions marked ,m and ,n turn on pivots h k and m l4 ,these pivots pass through holes1 ,d and ,e1 in the figures and through holes made at each side of the box exactly opposite the short slits4 ,steel knitting needles make good pivots1 or pieces of cane4 ,when the top is quite complete these pivots may be glued into the holes in the box for greater security4 ,fasten pieces of lead at the bottom of ,m and ,n so that the figures swing easily on the pivots4 ,when it is found that the pivots are in the right place1 pass the strip of cardboard ,a ,b through the slits1 and fasten the legs1 ,f and ,h1 to it by paper-fasteners1 as at ,x and ,y4 ,see that the needles are in the right holes and fasten up the box4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dbd ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dbe 7,it is a convenience in making this toy to let the cover form one side1 the cover being left off until all the inside arrangements are complete2 the pivots can then be put into their holes in the cover1 and the cover put on47 ,now if the projecting ends of ,a ,b are pushed backward and forward the figures fight in a very realistic manner4 ,notice that ,a ,b has two movements3 one backward and forward1 the other up and down4 ,the lead weights in ,m and ,n keep ,a ,b up4 ,generally speaking1 the longer the slits are the better the figure works4 ,this1 however1 does not apply to slits c d and g h4 ,the slits need not be so close together as in the figure if it is desired that the swordsmen should fight at a greater distance4 ,the arms are cut out of cardboard and fastened by paper-fasteners on each side of the figure2 the swords may be cut out with the arms1 or made separately and gummed on after-wards1 pieces of cane making effective swords4 ,a more difficult but more satisfactory way of putting on the arms is this3 pass a very short piece of cane through the hole in the body1 where the arms are to be fastened2 see that it turns very easily in the hole2 next seccotine the pieces of cane that project at each side into holes in the arms2 see that one arm is up1 the other down4 ,to make the arms balance well1 it may be necessary to fasten a small piece of lead to one hand4 ,this toy is most amusing if carefully made4 ,the following hints may be useful3 7#a7 ,draw and paint the little swordsmen as carefully as possible4 7#b7 ,see that the slits are perfectly straight and wide enough for the cardboard to pass through4 7#c7 ,see that the arms1 legs and feet turn easily on their pivots1 whether these pivots be paper-fasteners1 cane or knitting needles4 7#d7 ,see that sufficient lead is attached4 7#e7 ,cover the box neatly with paper1 but not the slits4 ,a piece of green paper looks well for the top4 ,this toy may also be cut out of wood with a fret-saw4 ,many other amusing toys can be made on the same principle4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dbf ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dbg ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dbh ,,chapter ,,xx ,,some ,,more ,,fret-,,saw ,,toys ,besides the numerous models already described that can be made with the fret-saw1 endless further toys might be made1 among others the following4 #a4 ,a ,zoo or ,wild-,beast ,show4 ,the animals for this may be jointed models like the elephant and giraffe 7,part ,i1 ,chapter ,,xx72 in this case they will stand quite well2 or they may be cut in one piece and glued to an oblong strip of wood for a stand1 as the lion and other beasts in ,figs4 #dbf to #dcj4 ,three-ply wood or satin walnut #a_/h inch thick is suitable for these animals1 which however may also be cut out of cardboard and glued into slits cut in a wooden stand4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dbi #b4 ,forest1 ,jungle or ,desert ,scenes1 etc4 7,figs4 #dca to #dcg74 ,these trees1 which have very characteristic shapes1 can easily be cut out with the fret-saw4 ,where the branches are slender and there is danger of their breaking1 use three-ply wood4 ,they should be painted green1 with the markings indicated in the drawings put in with sepia or dark green4 #c4 ,a ,farmyard1 with trees1 ducks1 cows1 etc4 ,figs4 #dch to #ddc are patterns of farmyard animals4 ,there is considerable educational value in the drawing and cutting out of the simple outlines necessary in fret-wood trees or animals4 ,it will help children to think in lines1 as it were1 and to draw boldly4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dcj ,teachers will find sets of fret-wood animals and trees of use in the ,nature ,study and ,geography lessons4 #d4 ,soldiers1 ,sailors1 ,boy ,scouts1 etc4 ,figs4 #ddd to #ddg may be cut out and glued on stands in the same way4 ,the small files used for fret-wood are useful to finish and 'clean up' these toys4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dca ,the ,walnut ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dcb ,the ,palm 7,cocoa-nut7 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dcc ,the ,palm ,oil ,tree ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dce ,the ,spruce ,fir ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dcd ,the ,elm ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dcf ,the ,lombardy ,poplar ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dcg ,the ,scots ,pine ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dch ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dci ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ddj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dda ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ddb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ddc ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ddd ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dde ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ddf ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ddg ,,chapter ,,xxi ,,toys ,,worked ,,by ,,sand ,for these toys a wooden box is required1 ,a ,b ,c ,d 7,fig4 #ddh71 about a foot or more square and #e inches deep4 ,l is a wheel made like the overshot water-wheel in ,chapter ,,vi4 ,another way of making the buckets is shown in ,figs4 #ddi1 #dej1 and #dea4 ,these are glued close together between two circles of cardboard as shown in ,fig4 #dea4 ,this method is somewhat easier if small wheels are required4 ,the wheel should have ten or more buckets2 the greater the number of buckets1 the faster the wheel works4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ddh ,fig4 #deb shows the construction of the reservoir1 ,j1 through which the sand runs4 ,the size of it will depend upon the toy made4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ddi ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dej ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dea ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #deb ,f is the flange for fastening it together1 and ,e1 ,d1 ,c1 ,b are flanges for fastening it to roof ,a ,b ,e ,f 7,fig4 #ddh74 ,a round hole is filed out at ,a1 after the reservoir is fastened together1 through which the sand runs4 ,the wooden side of box1 ,a ,b ,e ,f1 is taken off and a piece of cardboard is nailed to the box instead4 ,this can have a hole cut in it1 ,k in ,fig4 #ddh1 and the reservoir glued under it4 ,g ,h is a bar of stripwood nailed across the front of the box1 through which a hole1 ,n1 is bored4 ,the axle of the wheel passes through this and through a corresponding hole in the back of the box4 ,as the sand runs out of the reservoir1 it falls into the boxes and so turns the wheel2 hence the sails of a windmill1 the hands of a clock1 etc41 fastened to axle1 ,l ,m1 can be made to turn4 ,notice carefully that the hole at the bottom of the reservoir should be over the centre of the boxes of the sand-wheel and a little to one side of the wheel1 as in ,fig4 #ddh4 ,part of the back of the box1 ,p ,q ,r ,o1 should be cut out to allow a tray to go in to receive the sand4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dec ,to make a ,bicyclist 7,fig4 #dec74 ,cut two circles of cardboard1 radius #a-a_/d inches4 ,mark on them the spokes of a bicycle4 ,make two sand-wheels the same size as the bicycle wheels2 their width should be about #a_/b inch to #c_/d inch4 ,take a piece of stripwood #a_/b inch by #a_/d inch and the length of the box4 ,make holes in it1 #c inches1 #d-a_/b inches and #f inches from one end4 ,nail the bar across the box #c inches from ground2 make holes in the back of the box exactly opposite the holes in the bar4 ,make wooden axles to pass right through these holes so that they turn freely in them4 ,the sand-wheels should be glued to two of these axles4 ,now cut out a piece of cardboard to fit over the front of the box2 bore holes in it corresponding to those in the bar1 ,g ,h4 ,paint on it a suitable background1 as in ,fig4 #dec4 ,nail small pieces of stripwood1 #a_/b inch by #a_/d inch1 to the corners of the box 7as at ,a and ,b in ,fig4 #dec71 to which the cardboard can be fastened by drawing-pins or glue4 ,pass the axles of the sand-wheels through the first and third holes from the end of bar ,g ,h1 and let them project about #a inch beyond the cardboard4 ,to these ends the bicycle wheels must be glued4 ,in making this toy it is better not to fasten pieces together too quickly1 until all the various parts are ready4 ,the figure of the cyclist should be cut out to the measurements given for the little gymnast in ,chapter ,,xvi4 ,the body and head could be cut out of thin three-ply wood1 and the arms and legs of cardboard4 ,the best method of joining limbs to the body so that there is the least possible friction is as follows4 ,cut off a small piece of a pin1 including the head1 pass it through the holes1 and apply to the cut end a tiny drop of sealing wax4 ,make holes in the cyclist's feet at ,g 7,fig4 #ded74 ,cut a small cardboard wheel1 ,f1 about #a_/b inch in diameter3 make a hole in its centre and one near the circumference4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ded ,glue a piece of match stick into the hole near the circumference1 the other end of this match stick must turn freely in the hole in cyclist's left foot4 ,pass the axle already made through this wheel1 to which it must be glued1 and through the cyclist's right foot and through middle hole in the bar4 ,make two small pulley wheels 7e4g4 slices of reels with cardboard flanges71 one twice the size of the other4 ,fig4 #dee shows how the toy is put together and how it works4 ,a and ,b are the sand-wheels2 axles1 ,f ,g and ,f ,m1 are glued into them and into the two bicycle wheels4 ,k ,h is the axle passing through centre of pedal wheel4 ,n ,o are pulley wheels glued to axles1 ,f ,g and ,h ,k1 respectively1 and connected by an elastic band1 ,e4 ,when sand-wheel1 ,a1 turns round1 wheel1 ,n1 turns and turns pedal wheel1 ,f1 in ,fig4 #def1 and as ,o is twice as big as wheel ,n1 the pedal will revolve twice as slowly as the bicycle wheels4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dee ,pulleys of equal size1 ,c and ,d1 might be added with advantage to connect the two sand-wheels1 and a handle at ,f to start the wheels4 ,fig4 #def shows how the leg is fastened to the pedal wheel4 ,to keep the cyclist's body steady cut a piece of stripwood #a #a_/d #a_/d4 ,glue one end to middle of cyclist's body and the other to the cardboard background4 ,b 7,fig4 #ded7 is a thin piece of wood1 passing over the projecting end of axle of wheel1 ,e1 its other end being glued to the bottom of the cyclist's body4 ,a similar strip1 ,a1 is cut4 ,this is fastened between his hands by a little piece of pin1 and passes over the axle of wheel1 ,d4 ,c is a thin strip of wood or cardboard which passes over the axle of ,e and can be glued to the cyclist's right leg and pass behind wheel1 ,f4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #def ,make a platform as in ,fig4 #dec to support the cyclist4 ,make two reservoirs as already described4 ,cut a piece of cardboard to fit over the top of box and make holes in it1 ,l and ,m in ,fig4 #dec4 ,glue the reservoirs under these4 ,make a cardboard tray to fit under the wheels for the sand to fall in4 ,another wheel might be added to work the sails of the windmill in the distance4 ,very fine sand must be used for working these toys1 the best is silver sand and it should be kept as dry as possible4 ,fig4 #deg shows another modification of this toy4 ,b is a box turned upside down and placed in front of that containing the sand-wheel4 ,a is the cardboard background1 suitably coloured4 ,the sailor's legs are cut in one piece and glued into a slit in the box4 ,the body is fastened to them at ,f by a small paper-clip so that it moves very freely4 ,the arm is fastened on at ,g4 ,a small match stick passes through the hole in the hand and is glued in the hole in circumference of wheel ,e4 ,the axle1 ,m ,n1 to which this wheel is glued passes through the cardboard or wooden standard1 ,d1 through a hole in the background1 ,a1 and through the centre of the sand-wheel4 ,d is fixed to the box4 ,the arm of the crane1 ,c1 made of cardboard or three-ply1 is glued to ,d4 ,a hole is made at ,g and a corresponding hole in ,a opposite ,g4 ,pass a small stick of wood or cane1 ,k1 through these holes and glue it in4 ,the crane should be about #a inch from the background4 ,k keeps the arm of the crane steady4 ,tie a piece of cotton to the axle of wheel ,e1 pass it over ,k or over a small pulley wheel revolving on ,k ,g2 tie to it a thin wire hook to which a paper box or barrel can be fastened4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #deg ,in the same way a sailor can be made to work a windlass and drag a paper boat up a sloping beach1 a man can draw water from a well or turn a barrel organ1 or a paper mouse gummed to a cardboard base can be drawn along until it disappears into its hole4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #deh ,,chapter ,,xxii ,,toys ,,worked ,,by ,,wheels1 ,,etc4 ,fig4 #deh shows how a clown can be mounted on a cart so that when the cart is drawn along he dances and waves his arms4 ,in toys of this kind1 the wheels should be quite half-an-inch in thickness4 ,they are glued on to round axles which turn freely in small screw-eyes or in holes in wooden blocks fastened under the car or cart4 ,if any part of the axle projects beyond the wheel it gets in the way of the wires4 ,the clown is made of cardboard or three-ply1 according to design given in ,chapter ,,xvi4 ,it is then fastened securely to rod ,b1 and the latter glued into a hole in the middle of the cart4 ,fairly strong wire is fastened to the wheel by a nail with a broad head so that when the wire is looped round the nail it turns freely on the nail but does not come off4 ,the wire is bent at right angles twice to bring it close to the figure1 as shown at ,a4 ,it must fit accurately into the holes in the figure4 ,notice that one leg passes on each side of the post4 ,the clown works best when cut out of wood4 ,in this case the body ,e and post ,b may be cut out in one piece1 one leg and one arm are then attached to the front of the body1 and one leg and one arm behind4 ,fig4 #dei shows a soldier on the march4 ,he is made of three pieces of wood4 ,head1 body1 arms and stand ,a are cut out in one piece1 the legs are cut out separately and riveted loosely to the body2 only two pieces of wire are needed1 one on each side1 to work the legs4 ,the gun may be a piece of wire or wood fixed on after-ward4 ,the wheels are #a_/b inch in thickness4 ,other similar toys worked by wheels can be made by cutting a hole in the bottom of the cart4 ,one axle of the cart must run exactly under this hole1 it must be made of wire and bent as ,b ,c in ,fig4 #dfj4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dei ,d and ,e are pieces of tin nailed to the cart1 through holes in which axle ,b ,c freely turns2 or wooden blocks may be nailed on for the axle to turn in1 if tin cannot be obtained4 ,the ends of the axle are securely fastened into solid wooden wheels4 ,as the wheels revolve they will push up and down a piece of wire or wooden rod1 ,f1 which is fastened to the bent part of the axle4 ,now ,f can be used to work a number of simple toys1 if its free end is fastened to the part which it is desired to move4 ,for example by this means an animal's mouth may be made to open and shut as it is wheeled along1 or its head to wag2 a blacksmith may be made to strike his anvil1 the drummer to beat his drum4 ,the ingenious child will be able to adapt this simple piece of mechanism to many a toy4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dfj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dfa ,a ,lively ,dog4 ,cut out with a fret-saw two pieces of wood as ,f in ,fig4 #dfa1 which represents the body and legs of a dog in one piece4 ,now cut out the head ,h 7notice length of neck behind body7 and the tail ,k from wood #a_/d inch thick4 ,now glue the two bodies to a piece of stripwood ,a 7#a_/b inch by #a_/b inch7 placed along the tops of bodies inside 7,fig4 #dfb71 and bevelled so that the legs of the dog will be further apart than the upper portion4 ,the legs are joined by pieces of stripwood1 ,m1 #a_/d inch by #a_/d inch1 about #a-a_/b inches long4 ,notice that the ends of these strips are bevelled4 ,now make hole1 ,e1 in the head-piece2 notice that there is the same length of wood above ,e as below it4 ,make corresponding holes ,e in sides ,f4 ,pass a piece of wire through the hole in the dog's head and see how it hangs2 the head portion will be the heavier and sink4 ,now take the head off1 saw out a piece of wood at ,b1 insert a piece of lead and try again4 ,it is an easy matter if too much lead has been added to cut off a little4 ,when the head is correctly balanced1 as in ,fig4 #dfa1 bend over the wire so that it cannot come off4 ,the tail1 ,k1 is attached in the same way4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dfb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dfc ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dfd ,small wheels1 ,n1 cut from some convenient round rod are then nailed to ,m4 ,the dog should be suitably coloured4 ,when drawn along he wags his tail and bends his head4 ,the legs look rather better if cut out separately and glued to the sides4 ,the ,tumbling ,clown or ,monkey4 ,cut out cardboard or wooden animals similar to those in ,part ,i1 ,chapter ,,xx1 but use no lead4 ,now1 instead of swinging them on a perch1 make a hole at ,b where they stand2 take a piece of copper wire1 about #a_/h inch thick and #f inches long4 ,bend it slightly as in ,fig4 #dfc4 ,pass the wire through the hole in the animal1 so that the animal fits tightly on it exactly in the middle of wire4 ,the animals are best cut out of thick cardboard4 ,fig4 #dfd shows a suitable animal1 and the following from ,chapter ,,xx--,figs4 #bef1 #beg1 #bei1 #bfc and #bfd--;can be adapted4 ,as no lead can be used for the purpose to which we are now going to put them1 animals that balance without lead1 as in ,fig4 #dfd1 are the most suitable4 ,therefore in designing them1 one must take care that the hole ,b is exactly at the centre of gravity1 and the bend of body1 ,d 7that is widest part of body71 just below ,b4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dfe ,to make the ,monkey tumble4 ,cut a piece of wood #ab inches by #b-a_/b inches1 and fix parallel bars to this as in ,fig4 #dfe4 ,file or cut notches in the ends at ,a1 to keep the monkey from tumbling off in his zeal4 ,now put the wire with the monkey in the middle across one end of the rails4 ,push the monkey head over heels and he will go on solemnly turning over and over1 however long the rails are1 until he lands in safety in the notches at the other end4 ,it is the bend in the wire and carefully balanced body of the monkey that makes him behave so delightfully4 ,the longer the stand is the better1 for then two or three clowns1 monkeys and cockatoos can follow each other rapidly4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dff ,the bars must be high enough to allow the monkey to turn without touching the ground--#d-a_/b inches high will just do if length of monkey from ,b to ,c 7,fig4 #dfd7 is #d-a_/b inches4 ,fig4 #dff shows two clowns swinging together2 a variety of funny figures can be made to follow each other along the bars4 ,,chapter ,,xxiii ,,kites1 ,,gliders1 ,,and ,,aeroplanes ,kites4 ,perhaps one of the easiest kites to make is one which the children of ,annam and ,tonking delight to play with4 ,to make it1 three light bamboo canes are required--about #b feet in length--those used for flower-sticks will do quite well4 ,tie them strongly together as in ,fig4 #dfg4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dfg ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dfh ,the backbone ,e ,f should be quite rigid1 but the cross-pieces ,a ,b and ,c ,d are better if they are slightly curved4 ,a sheet of light paper must now be pasted from ,a ,b to ,c ,d underneath ,e ,f in such a way that it is quite tight under ,e ,f1 but rather loose between ,a ,c and ,b ,d4 ,fig4 #dfh shows how the paper should be cut4 ,g ,h is the exact distance between ,e and ,f2 ,j ,k and ,l ,m are wider than distances between ,a ,c and ,b ,d in ,fig4 #dfg1 so that when the flaps on the paper are pasted over the cross-bits the paper is loose between ,a and ,c and between ,b and ,d 7,fig4 #dfg74 ,the secret of the balance is to have the flutter at the edges quite equal4 ,fig4 #dfg shows how the string is fastened4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dfi ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dgj7;a7 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dgj7;b7 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dga ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dgb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dgc ,a ,box ,kite4 ,this is a very common form of kite and quite easy to make4 ,take four laths from #bg to #cj inches in length and four pieces about #ac inches in length4 ,the smaller pieces are fastened together with nails and glue1 as in ,fig4 #dgj 7a7 and 7b74 ,to the ends of these the long pieces are nailed and glued1 as in ,fig4 #dgj 7b74 ,mark off the long pieces into thirds and over the two end thirds sew strips of light material4 ,tie on the string as shown in ,fig4 #dfi4 ,this kite is said to be an ,american invention4 ,a similar kite may be made triangular in form4 ,fig4 #dga shows another form of the box kite4 ,here the material covers a little less than #a_/d of the strip ,a ,b4 ,cross-bars ,e ,f and ,c ,d are tied across the middle and to the four sides1 and wings are sewn on to them4 ,figs4 #dgb and #dgc are modifications of the triangular form of kite4 ,in both these kites the long strips of wood are from #b-a_/b to #c feet in length4 ,notice that in ,fig4 #dgb1 ,a ,b is the same length as ,d ,e1 ,f ,g ,d ,h2 ,e ,h about #a_/d of ,e ,d4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dgd ,in ,fig4 #dgc ,a ,b ,c ,d4 ,c ,e about #a_/d of ,c ,d4 ,f ,g equal about #a_/c of ,a ,b4 ,f ,c ,c ,e4 ,a ,h and ,j ,k are light frames of stripwood covered with calico4 ,the diagrams show how these kites are put together4 ,a ,chinese ,kite4 ,the kites used in ,china are very light and flimsy compared to our kites1 as they are made of tissue paper and bamboo4 ,in making one it is better to use somewhat stronger paper4 ,the paper is cut out as in ,fig4 #dgd1 the two upper sides being slightly shorter than the two lower4 ,leave two rectangular pieces ,a1 ,a1 at each end of the shorter sides4 ,a piece of split bamboo1 slightly flattened1 is glued firmly to the paper from ,b to ,c4 ,a second piece of bamboo tapering at the ends is used as a cross-piece ,d4 ,this is bent as in the figure so that where it crosses the backbone1 ,b ,c1 it is only a few inches from the apex1 ,b4 ,it is tied to ,b ,c at ,d4 ,its tapering ends are pasted down to the paper by means of the two flaps1 ,a1 ,a4 ,bamboo ,b ,c should not be more than #a_/c inch in width1 piece ,d1 #a_/d inch4 ,to prevent the paper getting torn in a good breeze1 tie fine cotton round the border of the kite--i4e4 from ,b to ,a1 to ,c1 to ,a1 and to ,b again4 ,paste a thin margin of paper over the cotton1 enclosing it1 and to the kite4 ,this must be done so that the face of the kite is perfectly flat2 it must not bag in any way4 ,to fly the ,kite4 ,much depends on the way in which the 'belly-band' is tied on4 ,its upper string is tied to ,d1 and the lower to the backbone1 ,b ,c1 almost anywhere below a line from ,a to ,a4 ,if the two strings are very near together1 the kite behaves in a more lively manner1 darting about in all directions4 ,the kite must be coaxed into the air by a series of jerks and pulls when the apex of the kite is facing upwards4 ,it is inclined to turn round at first and some patience is required to learn when to pull and when to jerk4 ,if one pulls at the wrong time it will dart down and then unless sufficient string is quickly let out1 it will fall to the ground4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dge ,when once the kite is up1 it does not keep stationary like an ,english kite1 but is always darting about2 a skilful flyer can make a kite dart down and almost touch the roof of a house at a great distance off1 and then dart up again almost overhead4 ,it is not an easy kite to manage1 but when once the art of flying it is mastered it is never forgotten4 ,gliders4 ,the earliest type of toy flying-machine consisted of a two-bladed tin propeller spun on a frame by unwinding string1 as with a top1 and suddenly let go4 ,it is easily made1 as shown in ,fig4 #dge1 where ,a is a tin propeller nailed by nails ,c and ,c to a large reel ,b4 ,in making this toy the nails must be driven into the reel first1 their heads are then cut off and they are tightly fitted into holes in propeller ,a4 ,d is the axle on which the reel spins and the handle for holding it2 ,e is a washer4 ,this flying-machine is worked by smartly pulling a length of string wound around the reel4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dgf ,modern aeroplanes are far more difficult to make than this2 they need patience1 skill and experiment1 and besides a knowledge of how to twist and bend wood by steaming it2 plenty of cane and whalebone wire1 tissue paper or fine ,japanese silk1 and catapult elastic1 which is generally the motive power used in working model aeroplanes4 7,messrs ,gamage1 ,holborn1 ,w4,c41 stock skeins of specially prepared elastic47 ,in this chapter only the simple and well-known types will be very briefly described1 the boy who is interested must get special books on this subject from his library4 ,in the first place the beginner must know what the three types of machines used in designing models generally are--viz4 7#a7 the glider or motorless model1 a glider being a winged structure1 which when released from a height does not fall directly to the ground1 but descends gracefully at a gentle slope2 7#b7 the monoplane1 which is constructed more or less on the lines of a bird2 and 7#c7 the biplane or double-winged aeroplane4 ,gliders may be either of the monoplane or biplane type4 ,experiments with gliders will enable boys to find out some of the principles on which aeroplanes are built1 and will prepare them to undertake the construction of more difficult forms4 ,in making one's first glider one cannot do better than copy a bird4 ,on a piece of paper draw a circle1 fold it in half1 draw a bird on one half1 as in ,fig4 #dgf1 cut it out1 when the paper is opened it will appear as in the figure4 ,if this bird is thrown head first toward the ground1 it will probably fall4 ,if two little bits of cardboard are gummed on each side of his head1 he will make a better flight and land on the ground after making a gentle curve4 ,a still better bird may be cut from cardboard1 a half cut is then made along a b to bend it1 and the head is weighted with sealing-wax4 ,how well this bird flies depends on the weight1 and to some extent on the shape of the bird4 ,birds of various shapes and with different amounts of sealing-wax should be tried1 until one is made that glides to the ground in a long1 graceful curve4 ,in making bird gliders the following points should be remembered3 7#a7 ,draw the bird in a circle as already explained1 this ensures that the wings will be exactly balanced4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dgg 7#b7 ,if the head in ,fig4 #dgf is not long enough for a graceful flight1 a longer head cut from cardboard can be pasted on4 7#c7 ,if the bird dives quickly down head first1 you know that the head is too heavy1 or the neck too long4 7#d7 ,if the bird rises and then falls the head is too light and probably not long enough4 7#e7 ,the wings can be made larger if necessary by the addition of tissue-paper wings gummed on as ,a in ,fig4 #dgg4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dgh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dgi ,another ,glider4 ,cut out a piece of paper #h inches by #d inches1 ,a ,b ,c ,d in ,fig4 #dgh4 ,mark ,b ,e and ,d ,f each #a inch2 make cuts along the dark lines at ,e and ,f to the depth of #a inch4 ,draw the broken lines along the paper1 dividing it into four equal strips4 ,bend sides ,a ,e and ,c ,f downward along dotted lines4 ,bend ,e ,b and ,f ,d upward along middle dotted lines1 and press side ,c ,f toward side ,a ,e1 part way along this line1 but leaving the part near the ends ,a ,c flat2 to this end plane ,k will be gummed 7,fig4 #dgi74 ,k is #f inches by #a inch4 ,cut tail1 ,g1 and gum on as in diagrams4 ,it can be weighted at ,h by gumming several strips of cardboard across or by affixing sealing-wax4 ,although this is not a very graceful-looking glider it works most successfully1 and will describe quite a graceful curve toward the ground4 ,the child will find it interesting to make a number of these gliders and then go one day to a window or high place and let them glide to the ground and thus find out the bird that has the longest flight4 ,or a number of children can have glider races and see who can make a glider that alights on the ground farthest from them4 ,other forms of gliders can be made1 but they are all on the same principle1 a somewhat long body1 wings and weight adjusted to keep them from falling4 ,fig4 #dhj shows a glider made from a dowel rod1 with slits in it at each end through which two cardboard planes are passed and fastened4 ,the cardboard must be of light weight and yet stiff enough not to flap4 ,the size of the planes must be found by experiment1 for their size will depend naturally upon the weight of the material used4 ,the bigger plane should be in length about twice the smaller one4 ,it is best to fasten the large plane on first and then adjust the smaller one to give a long1 graceful flight4 ,if a split pole can be found it is an easy matter to fasten the planes in4 ,canes 7bamboo7 split readily and can be used as centre pole4 ,this glider can fairly easily be made into an aeroplane and worked with a propeller4 ,it may be mentioned here that model aeroplanes are generally worked with the propeller in front and not in the rear4 ,to make ,propellers4 ,these can be made of tin or wood4 ,a tin propeller can be cut from any old tin with a pair of shears or strong scissors kept for the purpose4 ,cut two blades to the shape shown in ,fig4 #dha4 ,next cut an oblong block of wood 7,fig4 #dhb72 notice that width a b in ,fig4 #dhb must equal a b in ,fig4 #dha1 therefore width of a b must be a little less than a b in ,fig4 #dha4 ,slit each end diagonally as in ,fig4 #dhb for about #a_/b inch to hold the blades4 ,drill a hole through centre of block for the wire axle d c4 ,insert the blades in the slots1 bend the ends over slightly and nail them in the wood to keep them firm4 ,fix the wire shaft firmly in the block as in ,fig4 #dhb4 ,the propeller is now ready to be attached to the glider4 ,before this is done1 however1 we shall consider the making of a wooden propeller4 ,this is rather more difficult to make4 ,cut a piece of wood to the shape shown in ,fig4 #dhc with a sharp pen-knife4 ,the propeller must then be given the correct twist by means of the steaming kettle4 ,take hold of the extreme ends of the propeller and hold it over the jet of steam so that steam plays upon the blades at each side of the thick central portion4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dhj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dha ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dhb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dhc ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dhd ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dhe ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dhf ,when the wood is supple1 twist it as in ,fig4 #dhd4 ,this sounds easier to do than it really is1 the difficulty being to get the twist on one side exactly equal to the twist on the other4 ,for this reason the tin propellers are more satisfactory to make4 ,however suppose the correct twist has been given1 the next thing to do is to sand-paper the wooden propeller carefully and file a groove around the middle at ,a2 now wrap a piece of wire1 ,a ,c1 tightly around the propeller in this central groove1 and put on the head1 ,b4 ,the propeller is now ready to be fastened to the glider shown in ,fig4 #dhj4 ,to fasten ,propeller to ,glider4 ,cut a piece of tin to the pattern shown in ,fig4 #dhe1 bend along the dotted line2 make a hole at ,f for axle1 ,b ,c1 to go through4 ,bend portion ,e round the front end of the glider1 keep it in its place by bending it with thread coated with glue2 portion ,f with the hole is bent down at right angles as shown in ,fig4 #dhf4 ,now pass axle1 ,a ,c1 through hole ,f1 bend end ,c into a hook4 ,put screw-eye ,d in the rod about one-third of length of rod from the other end 7see ,fig4 #dhf74 ,fasten strands of elastic from hook ,c to ,d4 ,it is best really to have a hook at ,d so that the elastic can be slipped over4 ,the strands should be just loose enough to remain taut when unwound4 ,when the propeller is in position the planes will probably have to be readjusted4 ,the tin propeller can be attached in a similar way4 ,these propellers will do for almost any simple design of aeroplanes4 ,when the motor is wound up for flight1 the number of turns to give to the propeller will depend upon the strength and number of the elastic strands used4 ,about a hundred turns is a usual number4 ,throw the motor forward in a slightly downward direction2 because it is a glider it will tend to follow a gentle curve to the ground at first1 but the whirling propeller will tend to carry it forward and upward4 ,the first attempts may be failures1 but these models are well worth many trials4 ,the ,hawk ,aeroplane 7,fig4 #dhg7 is a common flying toy worked as the above by elastic4 ,cut two blocks of wood1 ,a1 ,a2 make holes in them as shown4 ,into the square holes fix and glue two square rods ,c4 ,through ,a bore a hole for the piece of cane1 ,b ,b1 to pass through4 ,f is a wire spindle with a hook at one end for elastic2 it passes through the hole in block ,a1 through two beads1 and through a piece of cork1 ,f1 into which it must be fixed4 ,k is a piece of cane bent as in diagram1 passing through a hole in cork1 ,h4 ,the bend is more permanent if the cane is held to the spout of a boiling kettle2 the ends of ,k should be slightly warped in opposite directions4 ,into block ,a another wire hook is fixed and bands of elastic are passed over this hook and the opposite one1 as in the diagram2 the more bands the better4 ,the cane ,b ,b is bent round at each end and fastened to the wooden rods1 ,c ,c1 by thread4 ,the cane1 ,k ,k1 is fastened by thread as in the diagram2 the thread can pass through a hole in the cork4 ,spaces ,t1 ,t1 ,t1 ,t are covered with thin tissue paper gummed to thread and cane by means of overlapping edges4 ,the model is wound up and set going like the previous one4 ,care must be taken to have it properly balanced1 and it must be made as light as possible2 the blocks ,a1 ,a may very well be cut from cork4 ,light bamboo cane can be used for posts1 ,c ,c4 ,at its best1 however1 the ,hawk ,aeroplane is not so good a flyer as the first model described4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dhg ,an ambitious and clever boy who has once grasped the principles on which flying-machines are made can think out many models for himself and copy some of the more elaborate ones4 ,the biplane makes a very effective toy1 but is omitted here because it is somewhat difficult to construct4 ,,chapter ,,xxiv ,,more ,,old-,,fashioned ,,toys ,jacob's ,ladder4 ,this is a very old and ingenious puzzle and an amusing toy4 ,it is very simply made4 ,a number of blocks of wood must be made1 #d #b-a_/b #c_/h4 ,any number may be used1 but not less than seven2 twelve is a very good number4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dhh ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dhi ,round the edges of the blocks and make them smooth with sand-paper1 as in ,fig4 #dhh4 ,cut strips of tape about #a_/d inch wide and long enough to go over the rounded ends of the blocks1 a1 b1 b1 etc41 in ,fig4 #dhh4 ,there are three tapes to each block4 ,nail and glue tape a to the centre of upper end of block ,a2 it is then brought over and downward under the middle of the lower end of block ,b and fastened4 ,tapes b b are now fastened to the opposite end of ,a about #a_/d inch from the end on either side1 and are then brought round the opposite end of ,b1 as shown in the diagram4 ,the centre tape c is fastened to ,b and then brought down underneath to centre of the opposite end of ,c4 ,the tapes must be arranged like this throughout the whole set of blocks4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dij ,fig4 #dhi shows how the blocks are held when they are all complete4 ,top block ,a must be turned so as to bring the second block to the same level4 ,the top of this block then falls1 and it appears to pass rapidly down first on one side and then on the other1 until it reaches the bottom4 ,this is only what seems to happen4 ,what really happens is that the second block becomes reversed and falls back again1 in its former position4 ,this makes it come level with the third block1 which at once falls over on the fourth1 and so on to the end of the ladder4 ,a very illusive effect is thus produced4 ,the blocks might be coloured with some bright enamel paint1 contrasting colours on opposite sides4 ,the ,trellis ,toy 7,fig4 #dij74 ,the strips of wood for this toy should be as thin as possible4 ,they are fastened together at points #a1 #b1 #c1 #d1 etc41 by small pieces of wire1 or by rivets bent down to prevent their slipping off1 but not too tightly1 so that the toy works easily4 ,heads can be cut out of cardboard painted and glued to the wood4 ,strips ,a and ,b should be wider at one end and have holes made in them for handles4 ,a ,running ,mouse4 ,this toy is made of fret-wood1 two ordinary reels and elastic4 ,choose two reels of about #a-a_/b inches in length1 diameter about #a inch4 ,cut out a piece of wood1 ,a1 to measurements given 7,fig4 #dia74 ,with a fret-saw cut out the head 7,fig4 #dib72 slit ,b is a little wider than the thickness of the wood1 so that the head wags about very easily when wired to the body 7,fig4 #did74 ,cut out four legs as in ,fig4 #dic4 ,the reels work behind these so that the shape of the leg partly hides them4 ,nail the back legs to the body as shown in ,fig4 #did4 ,make a round axle to fit one of the reels so that it turns easily on it2 cut it the exact length of the distance between the two back legs1 pass it through the reel and glue its ends1 ,c1 to the legs so that the reel comes slightly below the legs and can run along easily4 ,now make holes1 ,d1 in the front legs1 and nail them to the body so that holes ,d are on a level with the axle ,c4 ,make a hole through the body ,a1 midway between the front legs1 through which the string1 ,e1 will pass4 ,make holes in the other reel and insert wire staples at each end as in ,fig4 #die4 ,fasten to and wind round the reel about a yard of string4 ,pass rubber bands through each staple 7,f in ,fig4 #die7 and through the holes ,d in the front legs and knot on the outside4 ,pass the string through the hole in ,a 7,fig4 #dif74 ,to fasten ,head on4 ,make two holes in the head exactly over each other1 ,g and ,h in ,fig4 #dib4 ,slip the head on to the body and make a hole through the body1 between holes ,g and ,h1 as shown in ,fig4 #dig4 ,bend a piece of wire as in ,fig4 #dih1 distance between bent ends being equal to distance between holes ,g and ,h2 slip the wire through the hole in the body1 pass the ends of the wire through holes ,g and ,h1 then bend the ends over to the position shown by the dotted lines in ,fig4 #dih2 the mouse's head will then swing from side to side4 ,make a hole in end at ,l 7,fig4 #did7 and insert a tail of thick string4 ,a piece of wood1 ,m1 shaped as in ,fig4 #did1 may be glued along part of the body1 ,a1 a little to one side so as not to interfere with string1 ,e4 ,the whole may be suitably coloured4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dia ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dib ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dic ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #did ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #die ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dif ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dig ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dih ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dii ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ejj ,the toy works in this way4 ,if it is placed on the floor and the string held1 the weight of the toy will make the twine unwind1 thus causing the elastic which supports the reel to twist4 ,when the string is slackened1 the elastic will untwist again1 making the reel revolve and the toy run along the ground4 ,figs4 #dii and #ejj show a black beetle that can be made in the same way2 the antenn may be made of wire4 ,other suitable animals are a lizard and a crocodile4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #eja ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ejb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ejc ,a ,hygroscope4 ,the cottage is made of thin wood about #a_/h inch to #c_/h inch in thickness1 according to measurements given in ,fig4 #eja4 ,the sides are about #c-a_/b inches4 ,the platform or floor on which it stands1 #f-a_/b inches by #d inches4 ,the sides of the roof are #d inches by #d inches1 so that it projects slightly4 ,the doors in front are #a-a_/d inches wide and #c inches high1 and are cut out with the fret-saw2 about half-an-inch of the partition between the doors is cut away to allow the disc on which the figures stand to swing round4 ,cut with fret-saw a circular disc of wood #a_/h inch thick1 diameter #c inches4 ,drill a hole through the centre and fit into it quite tightly a piece of wire bent into a loop as shown in ,fig4 #ejb4 ,drill a hole in the floor of the cottage1 about an inch from the middle of the partition4 ,the wire axle should fit into this so that it turns easily1 but not too loosely1 otherwise the disc on which the figures stand will wobble4 ,just over this hole there must be another hole in the roof4 ,this can be made by filing1 with round fret-saw file1 a little hollow 7,fig4 #ejc7 in each of the top sides of the roof1 so that when they come together a hole is formed4 ,the back1 sides1 floor and roof may now be nailed and glued together4 ,next cut out from three-ply wood with the fret-saw two little figures as in ,fig4 #eja2 they should be about #b inches to #b-a_/d inches1 and should be suitably coloured4 ,these are glued to the wooden disc4 ,the disc is hung from the roof by a piece of catgut2 a knot is made at the end to prevent it slipping through1 the other end being tied to the wire loop2 the wire passes through the hole in the floor4 ,the catgut must be long enough to allow the disc to turn round completely on its axis4 ,four pieces of wood or four small reels are glued to the corners of the floor to prevent the wire axle from touching the ground4 ,the front must not be put on until the model is found to work correctly4 ,to do this1 hang the disc so that it is parallel to the ground1 and so that both figures are looking out of their respective doors2 then tie the knot at the top and wait for a change of weather4 ,supposing on a damp day the cricketer comes forward and the boy in mackintosh and sou'wester retires indoors1 this is because the catgut is twisting the wrong way1 therefore the end that is fastened to the roof must be fastened to the wire loop1 and vice versa4 ,now the front can be glued on4 ,it can be suitably painted1 showing door-posts1 windows1 bricks1 etc4 ,why the ,hygroscope works4 ,catgut has the peculiar property of absorbing moisture from the air and twisting up and becoming shorter2 when the air is dry it untwists to its original length2 the damper the air the greater is the amount of the twist4 ,hence in the model1 as the catgut twists and untwists according to the state of the atmosphere1 the little figures swing in and out of the cottage doors4 ,,chapter ,,xxv ,,lift1 ,,pont ,,roulant1 ,,tower ,,bridge ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ejd ,a ,lift4 ,there are a variety of ways of making a lift4 ,one of the simplest is shown in this chapter4 ,the first essential is a wooden box1 oblong if possible1 so that there can be many floors4 ,the measurements given in this chapter are for quite a small model made from a shallow oblong box1 #i-a_/b inches by #ad-c_/d inches1 and about #b-a_/b inches in depth4 ,sand-paper the inside and cover it with some pretty paper4 ,mark off distances ,a ,c and ,b ,d 7,fig4 #ejd7 equal to #b-a_/b inches2 rule lines ,a ,b and ,c ,d along the bottom of the box2 glue pieces of stripwood #a_/d inch by #a_/b inch 7,a ,b and ,c ,d in ,fig4 #ejd7 along the bottom of the box for the lift to run up and down between4 ,the lift is made next4 ,cut two pieces of wood #b-a_/b inches by #b-a_/d inches2 nail to the corners of one piece four pieces of stripwood1 #a_/d #a_/d #c4 ,fasten the other piece of wood to these four posts by means of screw-eyes4 ,now leave the lift for a while4 ,cut two pieces of cardboard1 ,a ,b ,e ,f and ,c ,d ,h ,g1 to divide the box into three long divisions1 as in ,fig4 #ejd4 ,see that they project #a_/d inch beyond the box4 ,divide these strips into three parts and draw and cut out doors as in the diagram2 the line for the floors must1 of course1 be well above the top of the lift1 while the height of the doors must correspond to that of the lift4 ,now glue these strips of cardboard to the pieces of stripwood ,a ,b and ,c ,d as in diagram2 see that the doors open into the rooms on each side1 and not into the lift4 ,see that the lift runs easily up and down between the cardboard strips2 sand-paper it if it does not4 ,make four holes in the top of the box1 a1 b1 c1 d in ,fig4 #eje4 ,tie thread or black yarn to the screw-eyes1 cross it and pass it through the holes as in the figure1 then pass the four cables through screw-eye ,k4 ,when the lift is on the ground1 pull the strings taut and tie a knot below the screw-eye4 ,the lift can be raised by means of winding gear attached to the side as described in ,chapter ,v1 on the crane2 the weight of the lift will pull it down again1 or if this is not enough it can be weighted with lead4 ,fig4 #eje shows another way of working the model4 ,screw-eyes can be fastened to the bottom of the lift and thread tied to them as before2 these threads must pass through four holes in the bottom of the box1 through a hole in the support ,l ,m and through screw-eye ,q2 the bottom strings are then knotted to the top strings at ,r1 and the lift can be lowered and raised by moving knot ,r up and down4 ,the supports ,n ,p and ,l ,m are made of pieces of stripwood #a_/b inch by #a_/d inch4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #eje ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ejf ,cut a door out of cardboard as shown in ,fig4 #ejf and glue it over the front of the lift4 7,in ,fig4 #ejf the dotted lines are half cuts1 the black lines are cut47 ,nail strips of wood #a_/d inch by #a_/d inch1 ,e ,f and ,h ,g1 in front of the lift and glue the pieces of cardboard to them4 ,they keep the lift from falling forward4 ,if the lift is moved up and down1 as shown in ,fig4 #eje1 it is best for it to fit fairly tightly so that it stays into whatever position it is pulled4 ,cardboard floors1 #a1 #b1 #c1 #d 7,fig4 #ejd71 are added1 and kept in position by pieces of stripwood4 ,the rooms on each side can be furnished according to taste and according to their size4 ,the lift itself may be finished off with advertisements1 directions to travellers1 etc41 according as it is intended for use in a railway station1 a hotel1 a store1 etc4 ,this toy1 although so simply made1 is very effective4 ,pont ,roulant at ,saint-,malo4 ,this is a pretty model to make4 ,first glue four pieces of stripwood1 #c_/h #a_/h #d-a_/b1 together 7,a ,a ,a ,a in ,fig4 #ejg74 ,nail and glue to the corners of this framework four round rods1 #aj-a_/d inches long and #a_/d inch in diameter4 ,dowel rods such as these are somewhat difficult to nail on2 however1 should the wood of the little frame split1 or the hole in the dowel rod be made too large for the nail1 and so make the structure unsteady1 the discs of cork 7,c in ,fig4 #ejg71 which have a hole filed in the middle of them and are glued to the rods and the framework1 help to consolidate the whole4 ,similar discs of cork are placed round the middle of rods1 ,b1 and at the tops of the rods4 ,these serve to hold the black yarn which rigs the structure4 ,the pieces of cork at the top have the additional advantage of making a steadier base for the platform to rest on4 ,if the poles are not all cut exactly the same length1 the discs of cork can be raised above the shorter poles and the platform on top made perfectly horizontal4 ,these cork discs also give a larger surface to glue the platform to4 ,instead of dowel rods1 iron wire #a_/h inch in diameter can be used4 ,these wire rods must have cork discs on them like the wooden rods1 but they must be glued into holes in the lower framework and in the platform4 ,having fixed the rods in position1 thread is tied underneath a bottom piece of cork 7,c#e in diagram71 passed over the top of rod ,b#c and kept there by the cork disc at the top1 round the bottom of post ,b#d and under the bottom cork1 over the next post and so on1 so that the threads cross each other as in the diagram4 ,thread is also tied round the middle of the rods just above corks ,c#a1 ,c#b1 ,c#c1 and ,c#d4 ,thread is also tied from ,c#b to ,c#c1 and ,c#a to ,c#d4 ,pieces of stripwood1 #c_/h #a_/h #d-a_/b1 are glued across the frame ,a ,a ,a ,a4 ,next the platform has to be made2 this is a piece of wood #h-a_/b inches square and #a_/h inch in thickness4 ,before gluing it on to the four posts it is best to make and fasten to it the cabin1 railings1 etc4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ejg ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ejh ,the cabin1 ,e1 in the middle is #c inches square and #b inches high2 it is cut out of cardboard4 ,flanges must be left for gluing it to platform1 and for gluing the roof to it4 ,doors and windows are drawn round it or cut out4 ,the cabin is then glued in the middle of platform ,d4 ,the roof is a piece of cardboard #c-a_/d inches by #h-a_/b inches4 ,fig4 #ejh shows how it is cut out1 half cuts are made along the dotted lines1 and ,g1 ,k1 ,h1 ,m are bent up to form the ornaments ,g1 ,k1 ,h1 ,m in ,fig4 #ejg4 ,the roof is glued to the top of cabin1 ,e1 and to the tops of posts1 ,n1 which are pieces of stripwood #a_/d #a_/d #b4 ,triangular pieces of cardboard are glued in the corners1 as ,p in ,fig4 #ejg4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #eji ,the railings are #a inch high2 they can either be made of strips of cardboard #a inch by #h-a_/b inches supported at the corners and in the middle by pieces of stripwood #a_/d #a_/d #a1 with criss-cross lines drawn on them1 or be made as in ,fig4 #eji1 where ,a ,b and ,c ,d are strips of cardboard #a_/d inch wide1 ,f is stripwood #a_/d inch by #a_/d inch1 and #a1 #b1 #c1 etc41 are parts of match sticks glued to the cardboard strips4 ,seats can be placed round the railings1 and round the cabin where there are no doors4 ,a piece of stripwood1 ,r1 #a_/b #a_/b #a-a_/b1 is cut and filed as in ,fig4 #ejg and glued to the middle of the roof4 ,the platform is then glued to the tops of the posts with their surrounding corks4 ,the frame1 ,a ,a ,a ,a1 is mounted on wheels #a-a_/h inches in diameter and #a_/d inch in width4 ,the axles are pieces of stripwood #a_/d inch by #a_/d inch1 to which the frame ,a ,a is glued4 ,the rails on which it runs 7a b in ,fig4 #ejg7 are made in a similar manner to those described in ,chapter ,,xiii1 for the transporter bridge4 ,it is pulled along by thread tied to screw-eyes ,x and ,y1 and wound up by winding gear similar to that described in ,chapter ,,xiii4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #eaj ,fig4 #eaj shows how high tide can be represented by means of boxes and cardboard2 ,d1 ,e1 ,f are boxes which form a quay into which the car runs4 ,a1 ,b1 ,c are pieces of cardboard resting on pieces of stripwood glued to boxes ,d1 ,e1 ,f1 and similar boxes on the other side1 or the cardboard can rest on boxes4 ,if boxes cannot be found big enough for ,d1 ,e and ,f1 several boxes can be built up4 ,slots a b and c d must be left wide enough for the supports to pass freely1 and the threads must be omitted at front and back4 ,the rails must lie exactly under slots a b and c d4 ,the pieces of cardboard ,a1 ,b and ,c should be coloured blue4 ,the thread from the car underneath the water can pass into box ,f and up through a hole in the top1 where the winding gear can be placed1 but1 of course1 it can be worked from below4 ,sheets of cardboard ,a and ,c can be surrounded by boxes or fastened in a large box1 or have cardboard walls built around it4 ,tower ,bridge4 ,a very simple and effective model of ,tower ,bridge can be made1 which will prove a delightful plaything4 ,the measurements given in this chapter need not be followed1 but the bridge can be made larger or smaller according to taste4 ,the whole structure can be of wood or of wood and cardboard4 ,two small boxes are required1 made of wood #a_/d inch thick1 about #d inches in length1 breadth and height4 7,if such small boxes cannot be found they must be made47 ,take off one side of box1 ,a ,b ,c ,d in ,fig4 #eaa1 which shows the mechanism of the toy4 ,into the edges ,d ,f and ,c ,e screw two small screw-eyes1 ,g and ,h1 about #a_/d inch from the top4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #eaa ,now cut a piece of wood #h-a_/d inches long for the bridge4 ,the width of bridge a b must be equal to width of interior of box4 ,for the present model it will be #c-a_/b inches4 ,the wood used for the bridge should be about #a_/h inch thick4 ,now rule a line #e-c_/d inches from end a b4 ,on this line screw in two small screw-eyes1 ,k and ,l1 of the same size as screw-eyes ,g and ,h4 ,the axle1 ,m ,n1 may be either iron wire 7in which case the bridge may work rather loosely7 or1 what is better1 a wooden rod that just fits the screw-eyes4 ,whichever axle is chosen cork discs should be placed at each end to prevent it slipping out4 ,before the bridge is fastened on1 screw-eyes ,o and ,p are screwed in it near the end c d4 ,screw-eye ,p must be far enough from the edge b d to clear screw-eye ,r when the bridge is upright4 ,the same with screw-eye ,o4 ,a piece of strong thread is tied to screw-eye ,p1 passed through screw-eye ,r1 and through a hole in the drawbridge above screw-eye ,r1 but clear of axle1 ,m ,n4 ,a similar piece of thread is tied to screw-eye ,o1 passed through ,q1 and through a hole in the bridge4 ,now cover up top1 ,a ,b ,c ,d1 with a piece of cardboard1 but do not bring this quite up to ,b ,c1 in order not to interfere with the working of the bridge4 ,make holes in the cardboard for the strings to pass through4 ,then cover up the front portion1 ,d ,c ,f ,e1 below the bridge with cardboard4 ,the tower 7,fig4 #eab7 must next be made4 ,this is formed of one piece of cardboard3 height1 a b1 #i inches2 width1 c d1 #c-a_/d inches4 ,in the sides facing the bridge large openings1 ,e1 are cut about #b-a_/b inches high4 ,small openings1 ,f and ,g1 about #a-a_/b inches high and #c_/d inch broad1 are cut for the overhead foot bridges4 ,these are made of long pieces of cardboard #b inches broad1 bent in three divisions to form the path and sides4 ,the latter are marked to represent railings4 ,they should be long enough to pass well inside the tower through openings ,f and ,g1 and through the corresponding openings in the opposite tower4 ,they can be glued into position by pieces of stripwood or left movable4 ,a door1 ,a1 should be made in the top of the tower and a platform put in to make a compartment for working the bridge4 ,the pieces of thread are brought up through holes in this platform and fastened to rod ,b1 which passes through holes in sides of tower1 and is kept from slipping out by cork discs4 ,when this rod is turned the bridge will rise or fall4 ,if a large model is being made a proper little windlass with a handle can be constructed inside the upper room of the tower4 ,the threads pass up on each side of the tower so as not to interfere with the traffic passing under the arch of the bridge4 ,the tower is fastened up with flanges and glued to the wooden box with the help of small blocks of wood4 ,a square pyramid is placed on the top of the tower1 and the whole is suitably coloured4 ,a picture of the real ,tower ,bridge is a great help when finishing off the model4 ,a similar bridge and tower are made for the other side4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #eab ,to keep the wooden boxes the right distance apart 7that is1 so that bridge ,x just touches bridge ,y7 nail or glue them to a long strip of wood painted blue4 ,there is1 however1 no need to fasten them permanently4 ,the ingenious toy-maker will find a hundred ways of improving this toy4 ,there are many additions that can be made if a picture of the ,tower ,bridge is consulted2 cardboard paths can lead to bridge ,x1 round the outside of the tower2 railings can be added to bridges ,x and ,y 7but see that they are not in the way when the bridge goes up671 and so on4 ,the method of raising and lowering the bridges is capable of a number of modifications4 ,it should be the pleasant business of the maker to improve this model1 and not be content with too slavishly following the directions given4 ,bridges are among the most interesting things in the world1 and there are countless happy hours in front of the little toy-maker who sets to work to collect pictures and written accounts of bridges1 and who tries to imitate these4 ,,chapter ,,xxvi ,,soldering4 ,,screw ,,steamer4 ,,toys ,,worked ,,by ,,wind ,,and ,,by ,,convection ,,currents ,soldering4 ,a knowledge of soldering makes many more toys possible1 besides being a useful acquirement in itself4 ,the following are the materials needed3 #a4 ,a soldering iron 7,fig4 #eac74 ,this can be bought for sixpence at any ironmonger's4 ,it is best to get one not too long in the stem1 as otherwise it is difficult to hold it steady4 #b4 ,a strip of soft solder1 price about three-halfpence4 #c4 ,soldering fluid or flux4 ,this can be made at home from a pennyworth of spirits of salt 7from an oil shop74 ,put a little of the spirits into a separate bottle and drop a few scraps of zinc into it4 ,when it has stopped fizzing it is ready for use4 #d4 ,a pennyworth of resin4 #e4 ,a piece of sheet tin4 ,soldering is not nearly so difficult as people think4 ,there is one thing really essential for its success1 and that is unlimited patience in cleaning the metal surfaces to be joined together4 ,solder will not adhere to dirty metal4 ,the surfaces must be thoroughly scraped and cleaned with an old knife1 then filed1 rubbed with emery-cloth and protected by a coating of flux4 ,the flux required for use should be kept in a shallow dish 7e4g4 a meat-paste jar71 to prevent it being upset2 it can be put on with a small brush4 ,the copper bit of the soldering iron must be covered with a thin film of solder before any soldering is done2 this is to ensure that it is perfectly free from dirt or dust4 ,this process is called tinning the bit4 ,it is quite simple4 ,heat the iron to a dull red heat1 not quite red hot1 as the solder would otherwise be destroyed4 ,then quickly file the four faces of the point to remove any dirt or oxide that may have got on it and which would prevent the solder from sticking to the bit4 ,next dip the bit for a second or two in the soldering fluid and melt off a drop of solder on to the piece of sheet tin on which is put a little piece of resin4 ,turn the point of the bit round and round in the melted solder until it is completely coated4 ,it is very important that the soldering iron should at no time be overheated1 as this tinning would be burnt off2 nor can it be repeated too often that the surfaces to be joined must be thoroughly cleaned2 failure to do this is in most cases the cause of unsuccessful soldering4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #eac ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ead ,to solder handle ,a to ,b 7,fig4 #ead74 ,thoroughly clean that part of ,b to which ,a is to be fastened1 and handle ,a1 rubbing the edges of ,a with emery-cloth4 ,place ,a on ,b and rub a little flux with a brush along the join4 ,dip the bit into the flux and drop a spot or two of solder on the edges by applying the heated iron to the end of the strip of solder4 ,apply the bit to the solder and trail the solder with the point of the hot iron round the join so that it is filled up4 ,a little practice will soon enable this to be done successfully1 and the skill thus acquired makes the following toy possible4 ,a ,steamer with a ,screw ,propeller4 ,fig4 #eae shows the size and shape of the steamer4 ,it should be about #d inches wide amidships1 #c-a_/b inches deep1 and hollowed out as thin as possible1 according to directions given in ,chapter ,,xiv4 ,fig4 #eaf shows the measurements for the stern4 ,the bows should be sharp4 ,this boat must be fairly large to take the tube which runs through it4 ,fasten a strip of lead #a_/h inch thick to the bottom of the keel4 ,paint the boat a suitable colour4 ,when it is dry place it in the water and mark on the stern-post1 ,a ,b 7,fig4 #eaf71 the height to which the water comes1 for the propeller must come just below this4 ,midway between this point and the end of the keel bore a hole1 ,c1 in the stern-post1 through the boat in the direction of the top of the bow4 ,this hole should be #c_/h inch wide and can be made with a red-hot wire4 ,a brass tube must now be bought from a gasfitter's1 #c_/h inch ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #eae ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #eaf ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #eag ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #eah ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #eai ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ebj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #eba ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ebb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ebc outside measurement1 and long enough to reach from ,c to about #c-a_/b inches beyond the end of the bow4 ,now cut a piece of tin #c_/d inch wide and #b inches long4 ,bend the middle of it round the tube and the ends outward 7,fig4 #eag74 ,punch holes in each end4 ,solder this strip round the tube about #d-a_/b inches from one end4 ,at this end file four teeth1 about #a_/h inch deep1 as in ,fig4 #eah4 ,now push the end that is not filed through the hole in the stern from the inside of the boat1 so that it is flush with the wood1 and fasten the other end to the stem of the boat by driving small nails through the holes in the strip of tin into the boat4 ,to prevent water entering the boat put some putty round the tube where it passes through the wood4 ,before fastening the tube in the boat1 round out the end of the bow slightly so that the tube will rest securely on it without projecting too much above the gunwale4 ,make the deck and fix it as described in ,chapter ,,xiv4 ,bore a hole1 ,d1 in ,fig4 #eaf1 near the stern right through the deck so that it comes out under the counter about #a inch from the stern-post4 ,it should be large enough for a piece of stout wire to pass through4 ,this is for the rudder4 ,to make the ,rudder4 ,cut a piece of brass wire about #a_/af inch thick1 #f-a_/d inches long4 ,cut the rudder out of tin and shape as in ,fig4 #eai4 ,solder it on to the wire so that the end of the rudder is flush with the end of the wire4 ,pass the wire through the hole1 ,d1 and bend as in ,fig4 #eai4 ,cut a strip of tin about #a_/c inch in width1 punch holes in it1 point the ends1 bend them over and fasten them into the deck so that the strip is under the bend1 ,e1 of the tiller4 ,press the tiller over and into one of these holes2 thus the rudder can be held firm in its required position for steering4 ,in the middle of the deck cut a hole about #c_/d inch in diameter for the funnel1 which is a tube of tin about #d inches long4 ,the ,propeller4 ,cut a circle of tin #b inches in diameter and inscribe a hexagon2 cut as in ,fig4 #ebj1 the shaded portions being cut away4 ,punch a hole in the centre and into this fix1 by soldering1 a piece of brass wire 7#a_/af inch thick71 #b inches long1 to form an axle4 ,warp the fans of the propeller out of the plane of the circle about #a_/d inch4 ,make two pieces of wood shaped as in ,fig4 #eba4 ,bore a hole through each and by filing with a small round fret-saw file enlarge it to #a_/af inch4 ,put a glass bead1 ,f 7,fig4 #ebb71 on wire of propeller1 and put the wire through one of the pieces of wood1 bend the end into a small hook4 ,take another piece of wire1 pass it through the second piece of wood and bend it as in ,fig4 #ebc4 ,now take a piece of strong elastic1 #a_/d inch wide and about #c-a_/b feet long2 tie the ends together4 ,this must be passed through the tube in the boat4 ,to do this1 tie a piece of string to the elastic1 and drop the string through the tube from the stern end1 and by means of the string pull the elastic through1 first hooking one end of it to the hook on the propeller wire1 ,fig4 #ebb4 ,then push the piece of wood1 ,g1 into the tube1 so that the screw clears the rudder4 ,now hook wire1 ,h 7,fig4 #ebc71 into the elastic1 and push wood1 ,k1 into tube4 ,the wood must be cut away so that the handle1 ,m1 can catch in the teeth of the tube4 ,to make the boat work1 hold the propeller steady with one hand and wind up the elastic by the handle1 ,m2 put the handle in one of the teeth to keep the elastic twisted2 set the rudder1 put the boat into the water1 let go the propeller and the boat will go on until the elastic is unwound4 ,instead of one band of elastic1 several thinner bands may be used1 and more motive power can thus be obtained4 ,toys worked by the ,wind4 ,cut out of fret-wood 7#a_/h inch thick71 or three-ply wood1 a man reading a paper with one foot raised and resting on a box4 ,the man should be about #e-c_/d inches and his raised foot #a inch from the ground1 as in ,fig4 #ebd4 ,the shoeblack is cut out in three pieces4 ,first the kneeling portion1 ,a 7,fig4 #ebe71 is cut #b inches high and a hole made at b2 then the head with part of the arm to the elbow attached1 as ,h in ,fig4 #ebf1 about #a-c_/d inches high1 and with holes at d and e2 then the hand 7with long shoe-brush7 and arm to elbow1 as ,k in ,fig4 #ebg2 make a hole at f4 ,length of ,k #b-a_/d inches4 ,now join ,k to ,h by wire or a rivet through holes f and e1 so that it swings loosely1 then join ,h to ,a by a wire through holes d and b4 ,colour these two figures suitably4 ,the base on which the figures rest is a piece of wood about #ab inches by #c inches4 ,the next thing to be made is the mechanism that works the figures4 ,first cut a piece of stripwood #a_/d #a_/d #g1 ,a in ,fig4 #ebd4 ,the fan or propeller1 ,b1 is made by cutting a small circular piece of wood or cork about #a inch in diameter and securely fixing round it five wind flaps as shown4 ,these flaps are best made of tin4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ebd ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ebe ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ebf ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ebg ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ebh ,now get a piece of stout copper wire 7about #a_/af inch thick71 ,d in ,fig4 #ebd1 and bend it as in diagram4 ,the best way to effect this bend is first to make a sort of elongated ,u1 as in ,fig4 #ebh2 this can be done with pincers4 ,then put part ,a in a vice and bend ,b ,c and ,d ,e out at right angles4 ,cut it the right length so that the bend will come on a level with the shoeblack's brush and one end will come above post1 ,a4 ,the wire1 ,d1 should be pointed or well smoothed with a file at the lower end1 so that it will turn easily on a piece of glass glued to the base4 ,wire ,d is supported by two wire hoops or screw-eyes placed in post ,a4 ,the holes through which it passes must not be too large or it will wobble and not turn smoothly4 ,now all the parts are ready for putting together4 ,glue the shoeblack on first1 then opposite to him the man4 ,see that the brush passes over the shoe4 ,if for any reason this does not happen1 a larger brush can be cut from wood or cardboard and pasted over the shoeblack's hand4 ,now fasten post ,a behind the man so that the bend of the wire1 ,d1 will be in the right position2 pass wire1 ,d1 through the wire loops or hooks 7these are best made of copper wire72 glue the top of it into the hole in the propeller4 ,glue a piece of glass1 ,e1 under the other end4 ,connect by a thin piece of wire the shoeblack's brush with bend in ,d4 ,the figure will now work well in the wind4 ,the shoeblack is the toy one most often sees worked in this way4 ,a man sawing wood is another favourite model1 and can be made in exactly the same way4 ,two knights fighting can also be made2 this involves1 however1 two propellers4 ,toys worked by ,convection ,currents4 ,these are less interesting toys because they do not admit of much variety4 ,the toy is worked over a gas burner1 where it acts as a ceiling protector4 ,as the power available from convection currents is very slight1 every care must be taken that the figure will work smoothly4 ,as the toy is exposed to heat1 the soldering must be well done4 ,fig4 #ebi shows how the toy is made4 ,the little sailor is cut out of sheet metal 7tinned plate72 his limbs are fixed by means of rivets or eyelets 7the latter are obtainable at a boot repairer's74 ,take care that they move freely4 ,they will do so if the holes are very smooth4 ,the wire used is steel wire about #a_/af inch2 this is fairly easy to bend4 ,wire ,a ,b is bent as already described in the shoeblack4 ,it passes through loops in the wire at ,a and ,d4 ,it is kept from slipping through at ,a by a ring of wire soldered on the top4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ebi ,the propeller at ,b is simply a tin disc with radial cuts1 each sector being twisted at an angle by a pair of pliers4 ,the propeller is held by a turn in the wire and by a touch of solder4 ,notice that the feet of the figure are turned round the wire on which it stands4 ,they can be soldered for greater security4 ,the hand is also curled round the crank pin1 but it must be free to turn on it4 ,the wire framework1 ,e1 is soldered to a circle of tin1 ,c1 which fits on the top of the lamp4 ,as the figure has to be small it should be as long as possible4 ,a pair of scissors should be kept for cutting tin1 or tinman's snips can be used2 cutting pliers and centre punches will also be needed4 ,holes1 however1 can be punched in tin with strong round nails and a hammer4 ,round files are needed for making holes smooth4 ,empty tin canisters form a supply of tin plate4 ,adjustable cycle spanners are useful for bending wire at right angles2 a hide mallet is a great convenience4 ,before making a toy like one of those described it is well to practise bending wire with vice1 hammer and mallet4 ,in the last toy1 if tinned plate and tinned steel wire are used1 the soldering is a fairly easy matter1 because the tinning has already been done4 ,,chapter ,,xxvii ,,buildings ,,at ,,home ,,and ,,abroad ,a ,farmhouse4 ,young children1 having cut out of cardboard or fret-wood the animals and trees described in ,chapter ,,xx1 having constructed a bridge1 a well1 a dove-cot1 and other small models scattered through this volume1 take considerable pleasure in arranging their toys into pretty groups and attractive combinations4 ,at this stage the lack is often felt of some object of central interest1 of something to 'pull the composition together1' as an art critic would put it3 the farm scene requires a farm1 the domestic scene a villa1 the ,eastern animals and trees an ,indian temple1 or some such building1 to complete the picture4 ,with regard to home scenes1 children may be advised at this stage to make for themselves any house or building that suits their fancy4 ,the basis of the toy will always be the four walls plus a roof described in the ,noah's ,ark 7,part ,i1 ,chapter ,x72 more complicated cardboard work has already been studied in the castle 7,part ,,ii1 ,chapter ,x71 so children who are ambitious to achieve something more picturesque than the ,noah's ,ark may be advised to go out into the suburbs or the country1 and sketch any simple building1 or set of buildings1 which they would like to reproduce4 ,such work1 once attempted1 becomes extremely fascinating1 and leads to very picturesque and delightful results4 ,to do really good work1 however1 children must accustom themselves to plan very carefully what they propose to do1 and to convert their sketches into a set of drawings to scale1 which1 in the case of a building1 should include at least a ground plan and a couple of elevations4 ,figs4 #ecj and #eca show how to lay down the plan and elevations of a simple building of the ',noah's ,ark' type1 to which have been added a front and a back door1 with porches1 bay and storm windows1 chimney-stacks1 and an outhouse at the back4 ,fig4 #ecb is the front elevation to half scale4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ecj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #eca ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ecb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ecc ,the addition of another entirely detached outhouse with wide door at one end1 for a cowshed1 to face the back of the main building and form the third side of a square1 will give the nucleus of quite an attractive farm4 ,when once the plans have been drawn1 a scale is plotted below to suit any size to which it is intended to build2 all the dimensions shown in plan and elevation are then taken as required with dividers1 read off on the scale1 taken anew on a foot-rule1 and transferred to the wood or cardboard4 ,the scale given on the figure is for quite a large house1 the ground plan of the main building measuring #ae inches by #aj inches1 and that of the outhouse #aj inches by #e inches4 ,these two buildings had best be constructed on separate bases1 and need not be permanently joined2 the roof of the outhouse can be carried rather further into that of the main building than is indicated by the line ,c ,h ,e1 and the main roof alone cut carefully to the line ,c ,h ,e4 ,if the main roof is made detachable1 building ,a ,b ,c ,d will form a receptacle for the outhouses and the whole farm stock4 ,the broken line surrounding ,a ,b ,c ,d and ,c ,e ,f ,g indicates the dimensions4 ,a house of this size is best built with a base and walls of wood obtained from some grocers' boxes4#b ,if the scale be marked so that points #j1 #aj1 #bj read #j1 #g-a_/b1 #ae1 giving a reduction to three quarters1 the main building will measure #aa-a_/d inches by #g-a_/b inches1 and may be built entirely of cardboard4 ,if the scale be marked so that points #j1 #aj1 #bj read #j1 #e1 #aj1 ,a ,b and ,a ,d measuring respectively #g-a_/b inches and #e inches1 we shall have a small model that can be built of very light materials1 such as stout cartridge paper on a cardboard base4 #b ,an excellent and very strong material for model-building is manufactured by ,messrs ,james ,spicer and ,sons ,limited1 under the name of ,rough ,cast ,building ,board4 ,it has a most realistic white 'rough-cast' surface4 ,it is obtainable in the size #ah-a_/b inches #bd inches from ,messrs ,richardson and ,co41 ,stationers1 #agf ,charing ,cross ,road4 ,the bay window will1 of course1 be made separately1 and gummed into position by means of flanges4 ,the porches may be detachable1 like the outhouse2 the front-door porch is built of eight pillars of stripwood1 nailed and glued to a wood or cardboard base and to cross-beams above2 between the pillars may be fixed a couple of seats1 one on each side of the door4 ,the back-door porch is supported by four pillars4 ,the roofs are of cardboard4 ,the ground-floor windows1 indicated at ,w1 may be either painted or cut out2 in the latter case they may be made to open or may be fitted with celluloid window-panes2 these you can beg from any amateur photographer of your acquaintance2 he is sure to have plenty of 'waster' films4 ,the doors should1 of course1 be made to open4 ,the storm windows are easily made2 the sides1 ,k ,l ,m1 are cut with angle ,l ,k ,m half the angle ,k ,o ,p1 the latter being in the present instance #gb4 ,the shape of the window roofs can be arrived at by experimenting with a paper template1 but more accurately by plotting them out to scale4 ,thus3 draw ,q' ,r' ,v' ,q ,r ,v1 ,r' ,t' ,r ,t1 ,q' ,s' and ,v' ,s ,q ,s2 join ,s' ,t' and ,s ,t'2 then ,q' ,v' ,s ,t' ,s' 7,fig4 #ecc7 is the exact shape 7leaving the flanges out of account7 to which the storm-window roofs should be cut4 ,the roofs over the front porch and the bay window1 the chimney stacks1 etc41 are thought out and plotted in the same manner1 the solving of these little problems being excellent practice1 which may be turned to good account in after life4 ,the village church1 the village inn1 if it is old and picturesque1 should form good subjects for study and reproduction on the lines indicated above4 ,for young people who have exhausted the possibilities of their immediate surroundings we give a few models from lands more remote4 ,the ,taj ,mahal1 ,agra4 ,this is one of the most famous buildings in ,india1 and was erected by the ,emperor ,shah ,jehan over the body of his favourite wife4 ,a very pretty model which closely resembles it can be made as follows3-- ,in ,fig4 #ecd the dome1 ,a1 is a plain india-rubber ball1 circumference about #aa inches4 ,four india-rubber balls1 circumference about #f inches1 are needed as ,b ,b1 and four1 circumference about #d-a_/b inches1 for the four columns 7,c in ,fig4 #ecd7 which surround the temple4 ,cut a piece of fairly thick cardboard1 #g inches square1 for the roof of the temple4 ,cut off the corners as in ,fig4 #ece4 ,in the centre describe a circle with radius #a-c_/h inches1 and round it four smaller circles of radius #g_/h inch4 ,cut a strip of thin cardboard #i inches by #b inches4 ,cut as in ,fig4 #ecf1 leaving flanges of #a_/b inch4 ,roll round and fasten together with seccotine and two small paper-clips1 size #jj4 ,this forms the part of the temple marked ,d in ,fig4 #ecd4 ,it is glued to the roof by the flanges1 etc41 and ball1 ,a1 is glued into it4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ecd ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ece ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #edj ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #eda ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #edb ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #edc ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #edd ,before fastening it together1 mark on it in ink the pattern indicated in ,fig4 #ecf4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ecf ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ecg ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ech ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #eci ,cut four strips of thin cardboard #e-a_/b inches by #a-a_/d inches2 mark off #a_/d inch for flanges2 cut each as in ,fig4 #ecg2 bend them round and fasten together2 glue the smaller balls1 ,b1 ,b1 into them and glue them on the roof just over the smaller circles4 ,cut four strips of cardboard #e inches by #a inch2 cut and mark as in ,fig4 #ecg1 and glue this round the smallest balls1 ,c4 ,measure distances ha1 ab1 bc1 cd1 etc4 7,fig4 #ece71 on a piece of cardboard1 and mark out as in ,fig4 #ech4 ,make half cuts along the dotted lines and leave flanges as shown4 ,distance ak ah and lb bc cm nd4 ,make and cut out the windows and arch4 ,cut another piece of cardboard similar to this4 ,these two bent round and joined together form the sides of the temple4 ,now cut a piece of cardboard as in ,fig4 #eci1 leaving flanges all round4 ,bend it round and gum it together4 ,this is gummed underneath the roof1 before fastening on the outer walls1 and serves a double purpose2 it helps to support the roof on which the domes rest1 and prevents the temple from looking too hollow when the windows are cut out4 ,to make ,tower1 ,c ,e 7,fig4 #ecd74 ,it consists of three rolls of thin cardboard1 ,e ,f ,g1 each about #b inches high1 circumference #d-a_/b inches4 ,circular pieces of cardboard1 big enough to project about #a_/d inch beyond the columns1 form the platforms1 ,h1 ,j1 ,k4 ,underneath each platform triangular pieces of cardboard are glued1 as in ,fig4 #edj4 ,four of these columns stand round the central building4 ,it is a great improvement if rings of cardboard1 #a_/d inch wide1 are made and glued round all the smaller domes1 as shown in ,fig4 #eda4 ,round the sides of the building strips of paper1 ,l1 ,m1 ,n1 ,o 7,fig4 #ecd71 are gummed1 rising about #a_/b inch from the roof1 with patterns drawn on them as in ,fig4 #edc4 ,little cardboard turrets 7,fig4 #edb7 are cut out and gummed in each corner1 ,p and ,q 7,fig4 #ecd74 ,little cones of paper1 made by rolling together a circle cut as in ,fig4 #edd1 may be glued to the tops of the domes4 ,the whole should be mounted on a platform made of a piece of stout cardboard1 ,x ,y1 about a foot square or a little larger1 supported on match-boxes placed two together4 ,a row of these across the middle will prevent the platform from sagging4 ,trees can be cut out as in ,chapter ,,xx1 ,figs4 #dca and #dcf1 to stand round the temple4 ,a ,pagoda1 or memorial tower1 in the province of ,quei ,chow in ,china 7,fig4 #ede74 ,this is made of nine hexagonal prisms4 ,the bottom one is #b inches high1 the sides being also two inches2 the dimensions of the next are #a_/h inch less1 the next another #a_/h inch less1 and so on4 ,the last prism has side #c_/d inch1 height #c_/d inch4 ,an ornament for the top can be filed from a cork or piece of round wood4 ,the platforms project about #a_/d inch beyond the prisms2 the supports may be cardboard or pieces of thin wood4 ,the prisms are fastened together as described in the case of the lighthouse 7,chapter ,,xiii74 ,the whole should be painted to represent stones1 and doors marked on as in ,fig4 #ede4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ede ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #edf ,fig4 #edf shows a ,mosque in an oasis in the ,sahara ,desert4 ,here the dome1 ,a1 an india-rubber ball1 is let into a circular hole in the roof4 ,the towers or minarets are prisms of cardboard on top of each other1 surmounted by a piece of dowel rod1 one end being rounded to a point4 ,trees can be cut out as in the figure to form a background4 ,fig4 #edg shows a ,japanese ,pagoda4 ,this is built up in a similar manner to the ,chinese pagoda4 ,parts ,a ,b ,c ,d are square prisms about #a inch high2 ,e ,f ,g are truncated square prisms4 ,they are made like the reservoir described in the models worked by sand 7,chapter ,,xxi71 but the upper parts have been cut off2 they are glued to the squares of cardboard which rest upon the tops of ,a1 ,b1 ,c and ,d4 ,a piece of cardboard is glued over the top of ,e so that ,b can rest upon it1 and so on with the others2 pieces of paper cut out as at ,h ,j are gummed round the edges4 ,there are many interesting models that can be made in this way4 ,almost any good illustrated geography book will provide plenty of material from which pretty and interesting foreign scenes can be built up4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #edg ,,chapter ,,xxviii ,a ,,theatre ,this is a toy that will provide hours of happy play4 ,there are many effective ways of making a toy theatre1 and the planning and designing of one is a pleasant piece of work4 ,this chapter gives a few suggestions to future theatre builders1 who must adopt those that appeal most to them4 ,a large stage is the most necessary part1 so that there is plenty of room to set up the scenes and room for the actors4 ,a small stage limits the choice of plays considerably4 ,a pretty and useful theatre can be made thus4 ,get a wooden box #h-c_/d inches wide1 about #a foot long and #b-a_/d inches deep4 7,the theatre described in this chapter was made from a wooden box containing ,fry's ,nut ,milk ,chocolate--this box is exactly the right size47 ,this box forms the basis of the platform2 stand it bottom upward1 nail to the back of it a piece of wood1 ,g ,h ,c ,d1 which is #a foot square 7see ,fig4 #edh74 ,the platform1 ,a ,b ,l ,m1 is a piece of stiff cardboard or wood1 ,a ,b is length of box1 ,l ,m is #b feet4 ,this makes a fine large platform for arranging scenes4 ,pieces of stripwood #a_/d inch by #a_/b inch are glued across the platform1 ,a ,l ,b ,m1 each strip a little over a #a_/d inch from the other 7the #a_/d inch side is glued to platform74 ,about eleven strips can be thus glued across2 their ends should project about #a_/d inch beyond the platform4 ,the grooves thus formed are for running the actors up and down in4 ,a piece of wood1 a b c d1 is now cut #b feet by #c-a_/d inches4 ,holes are drilled along the top of it about #a_/d inch in diameter1 and red paper gummed at the back of them for the footlights4 ,panels or a pretty design of some kind should be painted on it1 or it may have coloured paper pasted on it4 ,this piece of wood is glued to ,k ,j ,e ,f so that its ends project equally on each side4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #edh ,now cut two pieces of stripwood #a_/b #a_/d #af-a_/d 7e b and f d in ,fig4 #edh74 ,bevel the top ends to hold up cardboard roof e f ,g ,h 7the measurements for which can be easily found74 ,the roof is secured by a flap glued behind ,a ,g ,h ,b1 the roof is also glued to the tops of the strips eb and fd4 ,these posts are glued to sides of abcd4 ,before they are glued on1 however1 they must have holes drilled near their upper ends for pole1 ,n ,o1 to pass through4 ,the curtain must be made of fairly thin stuff glued to pole1 ,n ,o4 ,it can be pulled up and down by means of pulley wheels attached on each side4 7,for making pulley see ,part ,i1 ,chapter ,,xiv47 ,pieces of lead can be sewn in the corners to make the curtain run down more easily4 ,saw cuts are made across the strips of wood that cover the platform along lines ,b ,m and ,a ,l4 ,into these slits the side scenes fit4 ,these side scenes are cut out of cardboard and have drawings and painting on them according to the story that is being acted4 ,they must have slits cut in them 7corresponding to the grooves in the platform71 the number of slits depending on the number of actors4 ,for example in ,fig4 #edh side scene ,h f ,b ,m has an open door through which ,red ,riding ,hood can be pushed4 ,she is cut out of either cardboard or wood1 and glued to the end of a piece of stripwood1 #a_/d inch by #a_/d inch1 by means of which she is pushed from the side along the groove in the stage and so off through the corresponding slit in scene ,g e ,l ,a4 7,in ,fig4 #edh the ,wolf is looking through this slot47 ,the window in scene ,h f ,b ,m can be made to open and show the ,grandmother inside4 ,the cardboard scene1 ,g ,h ,a ,b1 is kept in its place by pieces of wire 7h1 h1 h1 h7 fastened at the back and bent over4 ,almost any story can be acted in this theatre4 ,all the actors are fastened to lengths of stripwood by means of which they are passed in and out4 ,sometimes two1 three or more may be fastened to one length4 ,the number of openings in the side scenes will1 of course1 depend on the story being acted4 ,trees1 etc41 can also be cut out as described in ,chapter ,,xx 7,part ,,ii71 and stood about4 ,illustration3 ,,figs4 #edi ,,and #eej ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #eea ,a sea scene looks very effective4 ,waves can be cut out of cardboard and placed in every groove1 as in ,fig4 #edi1 and a ship drawn across4 ,a shipwreck forms an exciting scene4 ,indeed1 there is no end to the scenes--soldiers marching past1 stories and scenes from history and literature1 etc41 etc4 ,the ingenious owner of the theatre will think of many1 and add many improvements4 ,it must not be forgotten that the stage is large enough to hold small objects--trees1 etc4--to make the scenes look more realistic4 ,also holes or slits can be made in the roof if it is necessary to pull anything up or hang anything4 ,fig4 #edi shows how a fringe of paper1 ,a1 can be fastened to the roof and bent over to hide the pole on which the curtain is wound4 ,fig4 #eej shows how the scenes are worked2 as the ,witch is pushed on from one side1 the weeping ,cinderella is pushed off2 when she has quite gone and only the ,witch remains1 a radiant ,cinderella comes on1 followed by a coach1 etc4 ,lastly1 ,fig4 #eea shows a proscenium1 which may be built up of either cardboard or wood1 and fixed to the front of the theatre4 ,the sides should project sufficiently to hide the working of the strips by means of which the actors are moved on the stage4 99 99 99 99 99 ,here1 for the present1 we take leave of the reader1 having given him or her some insight into a subject both pleasant and profitable4 ,the preceding pages are no more than an introduction to the art of making toys1 and of making the most of simple tools and simple materials1 and their real purpose is to encourage our young people not only to copy but also to create1 or at any rate to copy not only from our book but from the world around them4 ,dolls' houses and furniture1 railways1 boats and other vehicles offer endless possibilities of original and attractive design1 and mechanical toys1 whether driven by wind1 water1 elastic or the works of an old clock1 offer an equally wide field for invention4 ,at a later age girls will no doubt be ambitious to devise useful articles for the home1 while boys may become interested in engineering and electrical models1 optical toys1 etc42 the deftness of hand1 acquaintance with elementary principles1 and self-confidence acquired through the simple work which we have described1 should stand them in good stead4 ,self-reliance and ingenuity are valuable assets with which to start upon the more serious tasks of life1 and if our hints on toy-making contribute in any way to the development of these qualities this book will not have been written in vain4 99 99 99 99 99 ,transcriber's note3 ,punctuation and spelling were made consistent when a predominant preference was found in this book2 otherwise they were not changed4 ,simple typographical and spelling errors were corrected4 ,p4 #ii added or between bridges1 picture4 ,seemed to make more sense than and which could also have been used4